Download SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
RMT-V259/V259B/V259K/V259L/V259R/V259S/V288/V288A/V288B/V288C
SERVICE MANUAL
French Model
SLV-SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/
SX710B/X9B
German Model
SLV-SE710D/SE810D/SX710D/
SX717D/SX810D/X9D
Italian Model
SLV-SE610A
East European Model
Russian Model
SLV-SE610K/SE610N/SE710K/SE710N/
SE810K/SE810N/SX710K/SX710N/X9N
North European Model
SLV-SE610E/SE710E/SE810E/
SX710E/SX717E/X9E
UK Model
Photo: SLV-SE810
SLV-SE610G/SE710G/
SE710I/SE810G/X9G
SR MECHANISM
• Refer to the SERVICE MANUAL of VHS MECHANICAL
ADJUSTMENTS VI for MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS.
(9-921-647-11)
* The abbreviations of SE610, SE710, SE810, SX710, SX717, SX810 and
X9 contained in this service manual are indicated when these models are
common to all their corresponding models as given below.
Abbreviated
model name
All model
names
SLV-
SE610
SE710
SE810
SX710
SX717
SX810
X9
SE610A
SE610B
SE610E
SE610G
SE610K
SE610N
SE710B
SE710D
SE710E
SE710G
SE710I
SE710K
SE710N
SE810B
SE810D
SE810E
SE810G
SE810K
SE810N
SX710B
SX710D
SX710E
SX710K
SX710N
SX717D
SX717E
SX810D
X9B
X9D
X9E
X9G
X9N
VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER
SPECIFICATIONS
System
RF output signal
UHF channels 21–69
Aerial out
75-ohm asymmetrical aerial socket
Tape speed
SLV-SE610N/K, SE710N/K, SE810N/K, SX710N/K, X9N
SP: PAL/MESECAM
23.39 mm/s (recording/playback)
NTSC
33.35 mm/s (playback only)
LP: PAL/MESECAM
11.70 mm/s (recording/playback)
NTSC
16.67 mm/s (playback only)
EP: NTSC
11.12 mm/s (playback only)
SLV-SE610B, SE710B, SE810B, SX710B, X9B
SP: PAL 23.39 mm/s (recording/playback)
NTSC 33.35 mm/s (playbackonly)
SECAM 23.39 mm/s (recording/playback)
MESECAM 23.39 mm/s (playback only)
LP: PAL 11.70 mm/s (recording/playback)
NTSC 16.67 mm/s (playback only)
SECAM 11.70 mm/s (recording/playback)
MESECAM 1.70 mm/s (playback only)
EP: NTSC 11.12 mm/s (playback only)
SLV-SE610A/E/G, SE710D/E/G/I, SE810D/E/G, X9D/E/G,
SX710D/E, SX717D/G, SX810D,
SP: PAL23.39 mm/s (recording/playback)
NTSC33.35 mm/s (playback only)
LP: PAL11.70 mm/s (recording/playback)
NTSC16.67 mm/s (playback only)
EP: NTSC11.12 mm/s (playback only)
Maximum recording/playback time
10 hrs. in LP mode (with E300 tape)
Fast-forward and rewind time
Approx. 1 min. (with E180 tape)
Channel coverage
SLV-SE610N/K, SE710N/K, SE810N/K, SX710N/K, X9N
PAL (B/G, D/K)
VHF E2–E12, R1–R12
UHF E21–E69, R21–R69
CATV S1–S41, S01–S05
SLV-SE610B, SE710B, SE810B, SX710B, X9B
SECAM (L):
VHF F2 to F10
UHF F21 to F69
CATV B to Q
HYPER S21 to S41
PAL (B/G):
VHF E2 to E12
VHF Italian channel A to H
UHF E21 to E69
CATV S01 to S05, S1 to S20
HYPER S21 to S41
RF output signal
SLV-SE610A/E, SE710D/E, SE810D/E, X9D/E,
SX710D/E, SX717D/E, SX810D/E
PAL (B/ G)
VHF E2 to E12
VHF Italian channel A to H
UHF E21 to E69
CATV S01 to S05,S1toS20
HYPER S21 to S41
SLVSE610G, SE710G/I, SE810G, X9G
PAL (I)
VHF IA to IJ, SA10 to SA13 (SLV-SE710I)
UHF B21 to B69
CATV S01 to S05, S1 to S20 (SLV-SE710I)
HYPER S21 to S41 (SLV-SE710I)
SAFETY CHECK-OUT
After correcting the original service problem, perform the following
safety checks before releasing the set to the customer:
1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder
splashes and bridges.
4. Look for parts which, though functioning, show obvious signs
of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement.
2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are
“pinched” or contact high-wattage resistors.
5. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified.
3. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them
out to the customer and recommend their replacement.
SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!
COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED
LINE WITH MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE
OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH
SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS
SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY.
–2–
Inputs and outputs
SLV-SE810G, X9G
t LINE-2 IN L o R
VIDEO IN, phono jack (1)
Input signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
unbalanced, sync negative
AUDIO IN, phono jack (2)
Input level: 327 mVrms
Input impedance: more than 47 kilohms
o R/D L/G
Phono jack (2)
Rated output level: 327 mVrms
Load impedance: 47 kilohms
Output impedance: less than 10 kilohms
i LINE-1 (TV)
21-pin
Video input: pin 20
Audio input: pins 2 and 6
Video output: pin 19
Audio output: pins 1 and 3
SLV-SE610E, SE710D/E/N/K, SX710D/E/N/K, SX717D/E
DECODER/t LINE-2 IN
21-pin
Video input: pin 20
Audio input: pins 2 and 6
SLV-SE810D/E/N/K, SX810D, X9E/N
DECODER/t LINE-3 IN
21-pin
Video input: pin 20
Audio input: pins 2 and 6
SLV-SE810D/E/N/K, SX810D, X9E/N
t LINE-2 L o R
VIDEO IN, phono jack (1)
Input signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
unbalanced, sync negative
AUDIO IN, phono jack (2)
Input level: 327 mVrms
Input impedance: more than 47 kilohms
SLV-SE610B, SE710B, SX710B
DECODEUR/t ENTREE LIGNE-2
21-pin
Video input: pin 20
Audio input: pins 2 and 6
SLV-SE810B, X9B
DECODEUR/t ENTREE LIGNE-3
21-pin
Video input: pin 20
Audio input: pins 2 and 6
SLV-SE810B, X9B
t LIGNE-2 G o D
ENTREE VIDEO, phono jack (1)
Input signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
unbalanced, sync negative
ENTREE AUDIO, phono jack (2)
Input level: 327 mVrms
Input impedance: more than 47 kilohms
SLV-SE710G, SE710I
t LINE-2 IN
21-pin
Video input: pin 20
Audio input: pins 2 and 6
SLV-SE810G,X9G
t LINE-3 IN
21-pin
Video input: pin 20
Audio input: pins 2 and 6
General
Power requirements
220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz
Power consumption
20 W
SLV-610A/E, SE710D/E/N/K, SE810D/E/N/K, X9D/E/N,
SX710D/E/N/K, SX717D/E, SX810D
1.2 W (POWER SAVE is set to FULL/ON, minimum)
SLV-SE610G, SE710G/I, SE810G
1.2 W (POWER SAVE is set to ON, minimum)
SLV-SE610B, SE710B, SE810B, SX710B, X9B
1.2 W (VEILLE ECO is set to TOTAL, minimum)
Operating temperature
5°C to 40°C
Storage temperature
–20°C to 60°C
Dimensions including projecting parts and controls
SLV-610A/E/B/N/K/G, SE710B/D/E/N/K/G/I,
SX710B/D/E/N/K, SX710D/E
Approx. 430 × 98 × 283 mm (w/h/d)
SLV-SE810B/D/E/N/K/G, SX810D
Approx. 430 × 98 × 289 mm (w/h/d)
SLV-X9
Approx. 430 × 110 × 285 mm (w/h/d)
Mass
EXCEPT SLV-X9
Approx. 4.1 kg
SLV-X9
Approx. 4.3 kg
Supplied accessories
Remote commander (1)
R6 (size AA) batteries (2)
Aerial cable (1)
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
–3–
• Feature Difference
SLVFEATURE
SE610A
SE610B
SE610E
SE610G
SE610K
SE610N
SE710B
×/a
×/×
×/×
×/×
×/×
SE710D
×/ ×
×/ ×
a/a
a/a
a/a
×/a
×/ ×
×/ ×
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
ME-SECAM (REC/PB)
×/ ×
×/ ×
EURO INPUT
21pin
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin
21pin
21pin
×
×
×
×
×
×
G
L/G
×
×
×
I
G/K
G/K
L/G
×
×
V288B
V288C
V288B
V288B
V288B
V288B
V288C
V228B
SE710E
SE710G
SE710I
SE710K
SE710N
SE810B
SE810D
SE810E
×/ ×
×/ ×
×/×
×/×
×/×
×/×
×/×
×/ ×
a/a
a/a
a/a
×/a
×/×
×/×
×/ ×
×/ ×
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
3pin
(R.W.Y)
3pin
(R.W.Y)
3pin
(R.W.Y)
SECAM (REC/PB)
×
RCA FRONT LINE INPUT
ADDITIONAL REAR OUTPUT
(AUDIO OUT)
MODULATOR SYSTEM
×
STB CONTROL
REMOTE COMMANDER RMT-
SLVFEATURE
SECAM (REC/PB)
ME-SECAM (REC/PB)
EURO INPUT
×
RCA FRONT LINE INPUT
ADDITIONAL REAR OUTPUT
(AUDIO OUT)
MODULATOR SYSTEM
STB CONTROL
REMOTE COMMANDER RMT-
SLVFEATURE
SECAM (REC/PB)
ME-SECAM (REC/PB)
EURO INPUT
RCA FRONT LINE INPUT
ADDITIONAL REAR OUTPUT
(AUDIO OUT)
MODULATOR SYSTEM
REMOTE COMMANDER RMT-
SLVFEATURE
SECAM (REC/PB)
ME-SECAM (REC/PB)
EURO INPUT
RCA FRONT LINE INPUT
ADDITIONAL REAR OUTPUT
(AUDIO OUT)
MODULATOR SYSTEM
STB CONTROL
REMOTE COMMANDER RMT-
×
×
×
G
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
G
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
G
I
I
G/K
G/K
L/G
G
G
×
×
×
×
×
×
V288B
V288B
V288B
V288B
V288B
V259L
V259K
V259K
SE810G
SE810K
SE810N
SX710B
SX710D
SX710E
SX710K
SX710N
×/ ×
×/ ×
×/×
×/×
a/a
×/ ×
×/ ×
×/ ×
×/ ×
×/ ×
a/a
×/a
×/×
a/a
a/a
a/a
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
3pin
(R.W.Y)
3pin
(R.W.Y)
3pin
(R.W.Y)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
I
G/K
G/K
L/G
×
×
×
G
G/K
G/K
V259K
V259K
V259K
V288A
V288
V288
V288
V288
SX717D
SX717E
SX810D
X9B
X9D
X9E
X9G
X9N
×/ ×
×/ ×
×/×
×/×
×/×
×/×
×/a
×/ ×
×/ ×
×/ ×
×/ ×
×/×
×/×
a/a
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
21pin × 2
3pin
(R.W.Y)
3pin
(R.W.Y)
3pin
(R.W.Y)
3pin
(R.W.Y)
3pin
(R.W.Y)
3pin
(R.W.Y)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
2pin
(R.W)
G
L/G
G
G
I
G/K
a
a
a
a
×
V259S
V259R
V259R
V259R
V259B
×
STB CONTROL
a/a
×
2pin
(R.W)
G
×
×
G
×
×
×
×
×
V259
V259
V259
–4–
×
a/a
×
×
G
×
×
×
×
×
×/ ×
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
Title
Page
Section
Feature Difference ................................................................... 4
SERVICE NOTE ...................................................................... 6
1.
GENERAL
Getting Started ..............................................................
Basic Operations ...........................................................
Additional Operations ....................................................
Editing ............................................................................
INTERFACE, IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
5-1.
System Control-Video Block Interface
(MA-400 BOARD IC162) ...............................................
System Control-Servo Peripheral Circuit Interface
(MA-400 BOARD IC162) ...............................................
System Control-Mechanism Block Interface
(MA-400 BOARD IC162) ...............................................
System Control-System Control Peripheral Circuit
Interface (MA-400 BOARD IC162) ................................
System Control-Audio Block Interface
(MA-400 BOARD IC162) ...............................................
Servo/System Control Microprocessor Pin Function
(MA-400 BOARD IC162) ...............................................
Mode Control Pin Function
(MA-400 BOARD IC420) ...............................................
5-3.
5-4.
5-5.
2.
DISASSEMBLY
2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
2-4.
2-5.
2-6.
2-7.
2-8.
Upper Case Removal ....................................................
Rear Panel Removal .....................................................
Power Block (SRV938EK) Removal ..............................
Front Panel Section Removal ........................................
Mechanism Deck Removal ............................................
MA-400 Board Removal ................................................
Internal Views ................................................................
Circuit Boards Location .................................................
3.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1.
3-2.
3-3.
3-4.
3-5.
3-6.
3-7.
Overall Block Diagram ...................................................
Video Block Diagram .....................................................
Servo/System Control Block Diagram ..........................
Audio Block Diagram .....................................................
Tuner Block Diagram .....................................................
Mode Control Block Diagram ........................................
Power Block Diagram ....................................................
4.
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4-1.
4-2.
Frame Schematic Diagram ............................................
Printed Wiring Boards and Schematic Diagrams .........
MA-400 Printed Wiring Board .......................................
MA-400 (Video, Audio) Schematic Diagram .................
MA-400 (SECAM) Schematic Diagram .........................
MA-400 (Servo/System Control)
Schematic Diagram .......................................................
MA-400 (Hi-Fi Audio) Schematic Diagram ....................
MA-400 (I/O) Schematic Diagram .................................
MA-400 (Tuner) Schematic Diagram ............................
MA-400 (Mode Control) Schematic Diagram ................
MA-400 (Power Supply) Schematic Diagram ...............
DS-95 Schematic Diagram ............................................
JK-201 Schematic Diagram ..........................................
DS-95 Printed Wiring Board ..........................................
JK-201 Printed Wiring Board ........................................
SRV938EK Printed Wiring Board ..................................
SRV938EK Schematic Diagram ....................................
5-6.
5-7.
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-2
2-2
2-3
2-4
Page
5.
5-2.
1-1
1-11
1-15
1-21
Title
4-3
4-5
4-5
4-9
4-11
4-13
4-17
4-19
4-21
4-23
4-25
4-27
4-27
4-29
4-29
4-31
4-33
5-2
5-3
5-3
5-4
5-5
ERROR CODES ....................................................... 6-1
7.
ADJUSTMENTS
8.
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-4
7-4
7-4
7-4
7-4
7-4
7-5
7-5
7-6
REPAIR PARTS LIST
8-1. Exploded Views .............................................................
8-1-1. Front Panel and Cabinet Assemblies .......................
8-1-2. Chassis Assembly ....................................................
8-1-3. Mechanism Chassis Assembly (1) ...........................
8-1-4. Mechanism Chassis Assembly (2) ...........................
8-1-5. Mechanism Chassis Assembly (3) ...........................
8-2. Electrical Parts List .......................................................
–5–
5-1
6.
7-1. Mechanical Adjustments ...............................................
7-2. Electrical Adjustments ...................................................
2-1. Pre-Adjustment Preparations ........................................
2-1-1. Instruments to be Used ............................................
2-1-2. Connection ...............................................................
2-1-3. Set-up of Adjustment ...............................................
2-1-4. Alignment Tapes .......................................................
2-1-5. Specified I/O Level and Impedance .........................
2-1-6. Adjusting Sequence .................................................
2-2. Power Supply Adjustments ...........................................
2-2-1. Power Supply Check ................................................
2-2-2. +6 V Adjustment .......................................................
2-3. Servo System Adjustment .............................................
2-3-1. RF Switching Position Adjustment ...........................
2-4. Audio System Adjustments ...........................................
2-4-1. Hi-Fi Audio System Adjustment ...............................
1.
AF Switching Position Adjustment ...........................
2.
Frequency Response Check ....................................
3.
Overall Level Characteristic and
Distortion Factor Check ...........................................
4.
Overall S/N Check ....................................................
2-4-2. Normal Audio System Adjustment ...........................
1.
ACE Head Adjustment .............................................
2.
E-E Output Level Check ...........................................
3.
Frequency Response Check ....................................
4.
Overall Level Characteristic and Distortion
Factor Check ............................................................
5.
Overall S/N Check ....................................................
2-5. Parts Arrangement Diagram for Adjustments ...............
3-1
3-3
3-5
3-7
3-9
3-11
3-13
5-1
8-1
8-1
8-3
8-4
8-5
8-6
8-7
SERVICE NOTE
1. DISASSEMBLY
• This set can be disassembled in the order shown below.
Note: Pages in
Pages in
indicated pages in the SERVICE MANUAL.
indicated pages in the VHS MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI.
Set
Upper Case
(Page 2-1)
Front Panel
Section
(Page 2-1)
Pinch Press
Block Ass’y
(Page 14)
Ground Shaft
Ass’y
(Page 13)
FL Complete
Ass’y
(Page 13)
Mechanism
Deck
(Page 2-2)
Drum
Ass’y
(Page 13)
Retainer
Plate
(Page 22)
Rubber
Belt
(Page 15)
Rubber
Belt
(Page 15)
MA-400
Board
(Page 2-2)
FL Slider
Block Ass’y
(Page 22)
Capstan
Motor
(Page 15)
Pully Gear
Ass’y
(Page 29)
Rotary
Switch
Cam Gear
(Page 23)
Cam Motor
Retainer
(Page 31)
Reel Direct
Ass’y
(Page 30)
Rubber
Belt
(Page 15)
Cam Motor
(Page 31)
Rear
Panel
(Page 2-1)
Power Block
(SRV938EK)
(Page 2-1)
Slider
(Page 26)
Loading
Gear (T, S)
(Page 28)
–6–
Tuner
Unit
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
SECTION 1
This section is extracted from
GENERAL
instruction manual. (3-065-678-11)
Getting Started
SLV-SE610N/K, SE710N/K, SX710N/K
Getting Started
Index to parts and controls
Refer to the pages indicated in parentheses ( ) for details.
Front panel
SLV-SE810N/K
A ?/1 (on/standby) switch (19)
I M (fast-forward) button (44) (63)
B Tape compartment
J m (rewind) button (44) (63)
C Remote sensor (11)
K PROGRAM +/– buttons (22) (64)
(81)
D A (eject) button (44)
M
B Tape compartment
N PROGRAM +/– buttons (22) (64)
(81)
C Remote sensor (11)
DIAL TIMER (50)
F z REC (record) button (46) (65)
(89)
G X (pause) button (44) (89)
O AUDIO DUB button (90)
D A (eject) button (44)
F H (play) button (44) (63)
G JOG button (64)
H z REC (record) button (46) (65)
(89)
I X (pause) button (44) (89)
J x (stop) button (44) (89)
K M (fast-forward) button (44) (63)
L m (rewind) button (44) (63)
L AUTO SET UP/
RF (Radio Frequency) CHANNEL
button (19) (22)
M SYNCHRO REC (Synchronized
Recording) button* (67)
H x (stop) button (44) (89)
P AUTO SET UP/
RF (Radio Frequency) CHANNEL
button (19) (22)
E Shuttle ring (63)
4
E H (play) button (44) (63)
A ?/1 (on/standby) switch (19)
* not available on SLV-SE610N/K
Q SYNCHRO REC (Synchronized
Recording) button (67)
R t LINE-2 L (left) o R (right)
jacks (covered) (87) (88)
How to open the jack cover
1 Press the bottom of the cover.
2 Hook your finger on the top edge of the
cover and pull it open.
continued
Index to parts and controls
Index to parts and controls
Display window
5
Rear panel
VPS SPLP OPC
PDC EP
Getting Started
STEREO NICAM VIDEO
SYNCHRO
TV
RR
A Timer indicator (52) (57) (60)
B SYNCHRO indicator*1 (67)
C STEREO indicator (70)
D NICAM indicator*2 (70)
E
(smartlink) indicator*1 (17)
F VIDEO indicator (16) (47)
G VPS (Video Programme System)/
PDC (Programme Delivery Control)
indicator*1 (57)
H Tape speed indicators (46)
I OPC (Optimum Picture Control)
indicator (82)
A Mains lead (15) (16)
B DECODER/t LINE-2 IN
DECODEUR/t ENTREE LIGNE2 connector*1 (18) (39) (66) (88)
J TV indicator*1 (48)
K Audio dubbing indicator*3 (90)
DECODER/t LINE-3 IN
DECODEUR/t ENTREE LIGNE3 connector*2 (18) (39) (66) (88)
L Tracking indicator (81)
M Time counter/clock/line/programme
position indicator (44) (46) (89)
C AERIAL IN
ANTENNE ENTREE connector (15)
(16)
N Remaining time indicator (47)
O RR (Reality Regenerator) indicator
(81)
D AERIAL OUT
ANTENNE SORTIE connector (15)
(16)
E i LINE-1 (TV)
i LIGNE-1 (TV) connector (16)
(39)
F
(audio out) R/D (right) L/G (left)
jacks*3 (18)
*1 SLV-SE710N/K and SX710N/K only
*2 SLV-SE810N/K only
*3 not available on SLV-SE610N/K
P Tape/recording indicator (46)
*1 not available on SLV-SE610N/K
*2 SLV-SE610N, SE710N, SX710N, and SE810N only
*3 SLV-SE810N/K only
6
continued
Index to parts and controls
Index to parts and controls
1-1
7
A Z EJECT button (44)
Remote commander
N ?/1 (on/standby) switch (12) (57)
C AUDIO MONITOR button (70)
O COUNTER/REMAIN button (47)
/ (Teletext) button*2 (for TV) (13)
D ×2 button* (63)
E y SLOW button* (63)
P a TV power on/TV mode select
button*2 (for TV) (12)
F SP (Standard Play)/LP (Long Play)
button (46)
DISPLAY button (47)
Q ./> INDEX SEARCH
buttons*1 (80)
H - (ten’s digit) button (12) (47)
R CLEAR button (44) (56) (68)
G
S t TV/VIDEO button (12) (16) (47)
I 2 (volume) +/– buttons (for TV)
(13)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
T Programme number buttons (12) (47)
J z REC (record) button (46) (65)
4
5
6
K MENU button (25) (68)
7
8
9
U INPUT SELECT button (47) (60)
(89)
V PROG (programme) +/– buttons (12)
(31) (46)
c/C Teletext page access buttons*2
(for TV) (13)
0
L X PAUSE/M button (25) (44)
x STOP/m button (25) (44)
m REW (rewind)/< button (44)
(63)
M FF (fast-forward)/, button
(44) (63)
H PLAY/OK button (25) (44)
W
TIMER button (55) (59)
X SMART SEARCH button (73)
* FASTEXT buttons (for TV) (SLVSE810N/K only)
8
*1 FASTEXT buttons (for TV) (SLVSE810N/K only)
*2 SLV-SE810N/K only
Index to parts and controls
Index to parts and controls
Step 2 : Setting up the remote commander
Inserting the batteries
Check that you have received the following items with the VCR:
Insert two R6 (size AA) batteries
by matching the + and – on the
batteries to the diagram inside the
battery compartment.
• Aerial cable
9
Getting Started
Step 1 : Unpacking
• Remote commander
Getting Started
M [TV] / [VIDEO] remote control switch
(11)
B WIDE button (for TV) (13)
Insert the negative (–) end first,
then push in and down until the
positive (+) end clicks into
position.
Using the remote
commander
• R6 (size AA) batteries
You can use this remote
commander to operate this VCR
and a Sony TV. Buttons on the
remote commander marked with a
dot (•) can be used to operate your
Sony TV. If the TV does not have
the
symbol near the remote
sensor, this remote commander
will not operate the TV.
Check your model name
The instructions in this manual are for the 8 models: SLV-SE610N, SE610K,
SE710N, SE710K, SX710N, SX710K, SE810N, and SE810K. Check your
model number by looking at the rear panel of your VCR.
SLV-SE810N is the model used for illustration purposes. Any difference in
operation is clearly indicated in the text, for example, “SLV-SE710N only.”
Remote sensor
[TV] /
[VIDEO]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
10
To operate
Set [TV] / [VIDEO] to
the VCR
[VIDEO] and point at the remote sensor at the VCR
a Sony TV
[TV] and point at the remote sensor at the TV
continued
Setting up the remote commander
Unpacking
1-2
11
Press
2 +/–
Switch to TV (Teletext off)*
a (TV)
Switch to Teletext*
/ (Teletext)
?/1
1
Select the sound
AUDIO MONITOR
WIDE
/
Use FASTEXT*
FASTEXT buttons
AUDIO MONITOR
a
Call up the on-screen display
FASTEXT buttons
t TV/VIDEO
DISPLAY
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Programme
number
buttons
DISPLAY
Change the Teletext page*
c/C
Switch to/from wide mode of a Sony wide TV (For
other manufactures’ wide TVs, see “Controlling
other TVs with the remote commander (SLVSE810N/K only)” below.)
WIDE
PROG +/–/
c/C
Notes
• With normal use, the batteries should last about three to six months.
• If you do not use the remote commander for an extended period of time, remove
the batteries to avoid possible damage from battery leakage.
• Do not use a new battery together with an old one.
• Do not use different types of batteries together.
• Some buttons may not work with certain Sony TVs.
2 +/–
* SLV-SE810N/K only
0
Getting Started
To
Adjust the volume of the TV
Controlling other TVs with the remote commander
(SLV-SE810N/K only)
The remote commander is preprogrammed to control non-Sony TVs. If your
TV is listed in the following table, set the appropriate manufacturer’s code
number.
1 Set [TV] / [VIDEO] at the top of the remote commander to [TV].
down ?/1, and enter your TV’s code number using the programme
2 Hold
number buttons. Then release ?/1.
Now you can use the following TV control buttons to control your TV:
?/1, t TV/VIDEO, programme number buttons, - (ten’s digit),
PROG +/–, 2 +/–, a (TV), / (Teletext), FASTEXT buttons, WIDE*,
MENU*, M/m/</,*, and OK*.
TV control buttons
12
To
Press
Set the TV to standby mode
?/1
Select an input source: aerial in or line in
t TV/VIDEO
Select the TV’s programme position
Programme number buttons,
-, PROG +/–
* These buttons may not work with all TVs.
continued
Setting up the remote commander
Setting up the remote commander
Step 3 : Connecting the VCR
To switch to wide mode, see the footnotes below this table for the applicable
code numbers.
Manufacturer
Code number
Manufacturer
Code number
Sony
01*1, 02
Panasonic
17*1, 49
Akai
68
Philips
06*1, 07*1, 08*1
Ferguson
52
Saba
12, 13
Grundig
10*1, 11*1
Samsung
22, 23
Hitachi
24
Sanyo
25
JVC
33
Sharp
29
Loewe
45
Telefunken
36
Mivar
09, 70
Thomson
43*2
NEC
66
Toshiba
38
Nokia
15, 16, 69*3
If your TV has a Scart (EURO-AV) connector, see page 16.
If your TV does not have a Scart (EURO-AV) connector
Getting Started
Code numbers of controllable TVs
If more than one code number is listed, try entering them one at a time until
you find the one that works with your TV.
13
AERIAL IN
AERIAL OUT
Mains lead
AERIAL IN
to mains
Aerial cable (supplied)
: Signal flow
*1 Press WIDE to switch the wide picture mode on or off.
*2 Press WIDE, then press 2 +/– to select the wide picture mode you want.
*3 Press WIDE. The menu appears on the TV screen. Then, press M/m/</, to
select the wide picture you want and press OK.
1
Tip
• When you set your TV’s code number correctly while the TV is turned on, the TV
turns off automatically.
2
Notes
• If you enter a new code number, the code number previously entered will be
erased.
• If the TV uses a different remote control system from the one programmed to work
with the VCR, you cannot control your TV with the remote commander.
• When you replace the batteries of the remote commander, the code number may
change. Set the appropriate code number every time you replace the batteries.
Disconnect the aerial cable from
your TV and connect it to
AERIAL IN on the rear panel of
the VCR.
Connect AERIAL OUT of the
VCR and the aerial input of your
TV using the supplied aerial cable.
AERIAL
ANTENNE
IN
ENTREE
OUT
SORTIE
AERIAL
ANTENNE
IN
ENTREE
OUT
SORTIE
3
Connect the mains lead to the mains.
Note
• When you connect the VCR and your TV only with an aerial cable, you have to
tune your TV to the VCR (see page 19).
14
continued
Connecting the VCR
Setting up the remote commander
1-3
15
If your TV has a Scart (EURO-AV) connector
About the SMARTLINK features (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
AERIAL IN
i LINE-1
(TV)
Mains lead
AERIAL OUT
AERIAL IN
• Preset Download
You can download your TV tuner preset data to this VCR and tune the
VCR according to that data in Auto Set Up. This greatly simplifies the
Auto Set Up procedure. Be careful not to disconnect the cables or exit the
Auto Set Up function during the procedure.
See “Setting up the VCR with the Auto Set Up function” on page 22.
• TV Direct Rec
You can easily record what you are watching on the TV. For details, see
“Recording what you are watching on the TV (TV Direct Rec) (not
available on SLV-SE610N/K)” on page 48.
• One Touch Play
With One Touch Play, you can start playback automatically without
turning on the TV. For details, see “Starting playback automatically with
one button (One Touch Play) (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)” on page
45.
• One Touch Menu
You can turn on the VCR and TV, set the TV to the video channel, and
display the VCR’s on-screen display automatically by pressing MENU on
the remote commander.
• One Touch Timer
You can turn on the VCR and TV, set the TV to the video channel, and
display the timer recording menu (the TIMER METHOD menu, the
TIMER menu, or the SHOWVIEW menu) automatically by pressing
TIMER on the remote commander.
You can set which timer recording menu is displayed using TIMER
OPTIONS in the OPTIONS-2 menu (see page 85).
• Automatic Power Off
You can have the VCR turn off automatically, if the VCR is not used after
you turn off the TV.
to mains
Aerial cable (supplied)
Scart
(EURO-AV)
: Signal flow
Scart cable (not supplied)
1
2
Disconnect the aerial cable from
your TV and connect it to
AERIAL IN on the rear panel of
the VCR.
IN
ENTREE
Connect AERIAL OUT of the
VCR and the aerial input of your
TV using the supplied aerial cable.
IN
ENTREE
AERIAL
ANTENNE
OUT
SORTIE
AERIAL
ANTENNE
OUT
SORTIE
3
Connect LINE-1 (TV) on the VCR
and the Scart (EURO-AV)
connector on the TV with the
optional Scart cable.
This connection improves picture
and sound quality. Whenever you
want to watch the VCR picture,
press t TV/VIDEO to display
the VIDEO indicator in the
display window.
4
*1 “MEGALOGIC” is a registered trademark of Grundig Corporation.
*2 “EASYLINK” is a trademark of Philips Corporation.
*3 “Q-Link” is a trademark of Panasonic Corporation.
*4 “EURO VIEW LINK” is a trademark of Toshiba Corporation.
*5 “T-V LINK” is a trademark of JVC Corporation.
Connect the mains lead to the mains.
Note
• If the TV is connected to the LINE-1 (TV) connector, setting the RF channel to
OFF is recommended. In the OFF position, only the signal from the aerial is
output through the AERIAL OUT connector (see page 21).
16
Getting Started
If the connected TV complies with
SMARTLINK, MEGALOGIC*1,
EASYLINK*2, Q-Link*3, EURO
VIEW LINK*4, or T-V LINK*5, this
VCR automatically runs the
SMARTLINK function after you complete the steps on the previous page
(the
indicator appears in the VCR’s display window when you turn on the
TV). You can enjoy the following SMARTLINK features.
Note
• Not all TVs respond to the functions above.
continued
Connecting the VCR
Connecting the VCR
17
Additional connections
Step 4 : Tuning your TV to the VCR
R/D L/G
If your TV has a Scart (EURO-AV) connector, see page 21.
LINE IN
If your TV does not have a Scart (EURO-AV) connector
Getting Started
To a stereo system
(not available on
SLV-SE610N/K)
You can improve sound
quality by connecting a
stereo system to the
R/D
L/G jacks as shown on the
right.
Follow the steps below so that your TV will properly receive the video
signals from your VCR.
Audio cable (not supplied)
: Signal flow
?/1
1
To a satellite or digital
tuner with Line Through
(not available on
SLV-SE610N/K)
DECODER/
LINE OUT
t LINE-3 IN*1
Using the Line Through
or DECODER/
function, you can watch
2
t LINE-2 IN*
programmes from a satellite
or digital tuner connected to
this VCR on the TV even
Scart cable (not supplied)
when the VCR is turned off.
When you turn on the
: Signal flow
satellite or digital tuner, this
VCR automatically sends the
signal from the satellite or digital tuner to the TV without turning itself on.
RF CHANNEL
PROGRAM +/–
Press ?/1 (on/standby) to turn on the VCR.
1
2
AUTO
SET UP
The factory-preset RF channel appears in the display window.
RF CHANNEL
the satellite or digital tuner to the DECODER/LINE-3 IN* (or
1 Connect
DECODER/LINE-2 IN* ) connector as shown above.
DECODER/LINE3* (or DECODER/LINE2* ) to LINE3* (or
2 Set
LINE2* ) in the OPTIONS-2 menu.
Set POWER SAVE to OFF or PARTIAL* in the OPTIONS-2 menu.
3
4 Turn off the VCR.
1
Press RF CHANNEL on the VCR lightly.
The VCR signal is output through this channel to the TV.
2
1
2
1
2
3
3
Turn on your TV and select a programme position for the VCR
picture.
This programme position will now be referred to as the video
channel.
To watch a programme, turn on the satellite or digital tuner and the TV.
Note
• You cannot watch programmes on the TV while recording unless you are recording
a satellite or digital programme.
4
Press RF CHANNEL.
The TV system appears in the display window.
RF CHANNEL
*1 SLV-SE810N/K only
*2 SLV-SE710N/K and SX710N/K only
*3 not available on SLV-SE610N/K
18
AUTO
SET UP
continued
Tuning your TV to the VCR
Connecting the VCR
1-4
19
PROGRAM
6
If your TV has a Scart (EURO-AV) connector
Press PROGRAM +/– (repeatedly) to select the appropriate TV
system for your area. Select “G” for the B/G TV system, or “K” for
the D/K TV system.
Tune the TV to the same channel
shown in the VCR display window
so that the picture on the right
appears clearly on the TV screen.
?/1
1
RF CHANNEL
SONY VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER
PROGRAM +/–
Refer to your TV manual for TV
tuning instructions.
7
AUTO
SET UP
Getting Started
5
If you select the wrong TV system in
step 5, the picture on the right may
not appear. Select the appropriate TV system and tune the TV
again.
1
If the picture does not appear clearly, see “To obtain a clear picture
from the VCR” below.
2
Press ?/1 (on/standby) to turn on the VCR.
AUTO
SET UP
The factory-preset RF channel appears in the display window.
Press RF CHANNEL.
RF CHANNEL
You have now tuned your TV to the VCR. Whenever you want to
play a tape, set the TV to the video channel.
Press RF CHANNEL on the VCR lightly.
The VCR signal is output through this channel to the TV.
RF CHANNEL
To check to see if the TV tuning is correct
Set the TV to the video channel and press PROGRAM +/– on the VCR. If
the TV screen changes to a different programme each time you press
PROGRAM +/–, the TV tuning is correct.
3
To obtain a clear picture from the VCR
If the screen does not appear clearly in step 6 above, go to step 7 to finish this
procedure once. Then start again from step 2. After pressing RF
CHANNEL in step 2, press PROGRAM +/– while the RF channel is
displayed, so that another RF channel appears. Then tune the TV to the new
RF channel so that a clear picture appears.
PROGRAM
Press PROGRAM +/– to set the RF channel to OFF, and press RF
CHANNEL again.
AUTO
SET UP
RF channel set up is complete.
RF CHANNEL
Note
• If you set the wrong TV system, you may have no sound or sound may be distorted.
20
Tuning your TV to the VCR
Tuning your TV to the VCR
RF CHANNEL
Press AUTO SET UP lightly.
The VCR starts searching for all of the receivable channels and
presets them according to the TV system you selected in “Tuning
your TV to the VCR” on page 19.
If you want to change the order of the channels or disable unwanted
programme positions, see “Changing/disabling programme
positions” on page 34.
Before using the VCR for the first time, set up the VCR using the Auto Set
Up function. With this function, you can set the language for the on-screen
display, TV channels, guide channels for the ShowView system*, and VCR
clock* automatically.
1
?/1
AUTO
SET UP
Getting Started
3
Step 5 : Setting up the VCR with the Auto
Set Up function
21
If you use the SMARTLINK connection (not available on SLVSE610N/K), the Preset Download function starts and the
indicator flashes in the display window during download.
AUTO SET UP
For SLV-SE710N/K, SX710N/K, and SE810N/K:
After the search or download is complete, the current time appears
in the display window for any stations that transmit a time signal.
PROGRAM +/–
1
AUTO
SET UP
RF CHANNEL
2
PROGRAM
For SLV-SE610N/K:
When no more receivable channels can be found, presetting stops
and “SET UP” disappears from the display window.
Hold down AUTO SET UP on the VCR for more than three
seconds.
The abbreviations of the countries and languages are as follows:
The VCR automatically turns on, and the country abbreviation
appears in the display window.
Press PROGRAM +/– to select the abbreviation of your country
from the table on page 23.
For some countries, there is a selection of languages to choose from.
If your country does not appear, select ELSE.
Abbreviation
Country
Language
CZ
Czecho
Czech
HUN
Hungary
Hungarian
PL
Poland
Polish
SK
Slovakia
Slovak
TR
Turkey
Turkish
RUS
Russia
Russian
ELSE
Other countries
English
To cancel the Auto Set Up function
Press AUTO SET UP.
Tip
• If you want to change the language for the on-screen display from the one preset in
the Auto Set Up function, see page 29.
22
continued
Setting up the VCR with the Auto Set Up function
Setting up the VCR with the Auto Set Up function
1-5
23
Step 6 : Setting the clock
You must set the time and date on the VCR to use the timer features properly.
* not available on SLV-SE610N/K
The Auto Clock Set function (not available on SLV-SE610N/K) works only if a station
in your area is broadcasting a time signal. If the Auto Set Up function did not set the
clock correctly for your local area, try another station for the Auto Clock Set function.
Getting Started
Notes
• If you stop the Auto Set Up function during step 3, you must repeat set up from
step 1.
• Whenever you operate the Auto Set Up function, some of the settings
(ShowView*, timer, etc.) will be reset. If this happens, you have to set them again.
Setting the clock manually
Before you start…
• Turn on the VCR and the TV.
• Set the TV to the video channel.
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
1
MENU
Press MENU, then press M/m to
highlight SETTINGS and press OK.
SETTINGS
TUNER
CLOCK
LANGUAGE
RETURN
PLAY
SELECT :
SET
: OK
OK
EXIT : MENU
2
PLAY
OK
Press M/m to highlight CLOCK,
then press OK.
For SLV-SE610N/K, only the clock
setting menu appears. Skip the next
step and go to step 4.
CLOCK
AUTO ADJUST
CLOCK PROGRAM
MANUAL ADJUST
1 . 1 . 2001
OFF
MON
0 : 00
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
3
PLAY
Press M/m to highlight MANUAL
ADJUST, then press OK.
OK
CLOCK
AUTO ADJUST
CLOCK PROGRAM
MANUAL ADJUST
1 . 1 . 2001
OFF
MON
0 : 00
SELECT
:
SET
:
CONFIRM : OK
EXIT : MENU
24
continued
Setting the clock
Setting up the VCR with the Auto Set Up function
Press M/m to set the day.
PLAY
OK
Changing the station for the Auto Clock Set function
(not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
CLOCK
AUTO ADJUST
CLOCK PROGRAM
MANUAL ADJUST
28 . 1 . 2001
Getting Started
4
OFF
SUN
Before you start…
0 : 00
• Turn on the VCR and the TV.
• Set the TV to the video channel.
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
SELECT
:
SET
:
CONFIRM : OK
EXIT : MENU
5
PLAY
Press , to highlight the month and
set the month pressing M/m.
OK
1
CLOCK
AUTO ADJUST
CLOCK PROGRAM
MANUAL ADJUST
28 . 9 . 2001
MENU
Press MENU, then press M/m to
highlight SETTINGS and press OK.
OFF
FRI
25
SETTINGS
TUNER
CLOCK
LANGUAGE
RETURN
0 : 00
PLAY
SELECT :
SET
: OK
OK
SELECT
:
SET
:
CONFIRM : OK
EXIT : MENU
EXIT : MENU
6
PLAY
OK
Set the year, hour, and minutes in
sequence, pressing , to highlight
the item to be set, and press M/m to
select the digits.
The day of the week is set
automatically.
2
CLOCK
AUTO ADJUST
CLOCK PROGRAM
MANUAL ADJUST
28 . 9 . 2001
OFF
FRI
PLAY
OK
Press M/m to highlight CLOCK,
then press OK.
AUTO ADJUST is highlighted.
CLOCK
AUTO ADJUST
CLOCK PROGRAM
MANUAL ADJUST
28 . 9 . 2001
ON
1
FRI
AAB
18 : 00
18 : 00
SELECT :
SET
: OK
SELECT
:
SET
:
CONFIRM : OK
EXIT : MENU
EXIT : MENU
7
Press OK to start the clock.
PLAY
OK
3
CLOCK
AUTO ADJUST
CLOCK PROGRAM
MANUAL ADJUST
28 . 9 . 2001
OFF
FRI
Press OK.
PLAY
CLOCK
AUTO ADJUST
CLOCK PROGRAM
MANUAL ADJUST
28 . 9 . 2001
OK
ON
OFF
FRI
18 : 00
18 : 00
SELECT
:
CONFIRM : OK
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
EXIT : MENU
8
MENU
4
Press MENU to exit the menu.
PLAY
OK
Tips
• To change the digits while setting, press < to return to the item to be changed, and
select the digits by pressing M/m.
• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.
Press M/m to highlight ON, then
press OK.
CLOCK
AUTO ADJUST
CLOCK PROGRAM
MANUAL ADJUST
28 . 9 . 2001
ON
1
FRI
AAB
18 : 00
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
Note
• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few
minutes.
26
continued
Setting the clock
Setting the clock
1-6
27
PLAY
Press m to highlight CLOCK
PROGRAM, then press OK.
OK
CLOCK
AUTO ADJUST
CLOCK PROGRAM
MANUAL ADJUST
28 . 9 . 2001
Selecting a language
1
FRI
AAB
You can change the on-screen display language from the one you selected with the
Auto Set Up function.
18 : 00
Before you start…
SELECT
:
CONFIRM : OK
EXIT : MENU
6
PLAY
OK
Press M/m repeatedly until the
programme position of the station
that carries a time signal appears.
If the VCR does not receive a time
signal from any station, AUTO
ADJUST returns to OFF
automatically.
• Turn on the VCR and the TV.
• Set the TV to the video channel.
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
CLOCK
AUTO ADJUST
CLOCK PROGRAM
MANUAL ADJUST
28 . 9 . 2001
Getting Started
5
2
FRI
1
CDE
18 : 00
MENU
Press MENU, then press M/m to
highlight SETTINGS and press OK.
SETTINGS
TUNER
CLOCK
LANGUAGE
RETURN
SELECT
:
CONFIRM : OK
EXIT : MENU
PLAY
7
SELECT :
SET
: OK
OK
MENU
EXIT : MENU
Press MENU to exit the menu.
2
Tips
• If you set AUTO ADJUST to ON, the Auto Clock Set function is activated
whenever the VCR is turned off. The time is adjusted automatically by making
reference to the time signal from the station whose programme position is
displayed in the “CLOCK PROGRAM” row. If you do not need the Auto Clock
Set, select OFF.
• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.
PLAY
Press M/m to highlight
LANGUAGE, then press OK.
LANGUAGE
OK
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
3
Note
• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few
minutes.
Press M/m to highlight the desired language, then press OK.
PLAY
OK
4
MENU
Press MENU to exit the menu.
Tip
• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.
Note
• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few
minutes.
28
Setting the clock
Selecting a language
• PROG
Press PROG +/– to select the
programme position.
Selected programme position
TUNER
PROG.
If some channels could not be preset using the Auto Set Up function, you can preset
them manually.
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
Before you start…
• Turn on the VCR and the TV.
• Set the TV to the video channel.
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
1
MENU
Press MENU, then press M/m to
highlight SETTINGS and press OK.
4
D/K
NORMAL
C1 2
AAB
OFF
ON
Getting Started
5
Presetting channels
29
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
6
SETTINGS
TUNER
CLOCK
LANGUAGE
RETURN
PLAY
OK
Press M/m to highlight CHANNEL
SET, then press OK.
TUNER
PROG.
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
4
D/K
C1 2
AAB
ON
PLAY
2
PLAY
SELECT
:
CONFIRM : OK
SELECT :
SET
: OK
OK
EXIT : MENU
EXIT : MENU
Press M/m to highlight TUNER,
then press OK.
OK
TUNER
PROG.
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
1
D/K
NORMAL
C1 2
AAB
OFF
ON
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
3
PLAY
Press M/m to highlight NORMAL/
CATV, then press OK.
OK
TUNER
PROG.
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
1
NORMAL
CATV
ON
SELECT
:
CONFIRM : OK
EXIT : MENU
4
PLAY
OK
Press M/m to highlight NORMAL,
then press OK.
To preset CATV (Cable Television)
channels, select CATV.
TUNER
PROG.
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
1
D/K
NORMAL
C1 2
AAB
OFF
ON
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
30
continued
Presetting channels
Presetting channels
1-7
31
Press M/m repeatedly until the
channel you want is displayed.
PLAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
PROG.
The channels appear in the following
order:
B/G TV system
9
TUNER
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
OK
4
D/K
C2 7
10
ON
Receivable
Channel
C02
C03
EXIT : MENU
If the picture is not clear
Normally, the Auto Fine Tuning (AFT) function automatically tunes in
channels clearly. However, if the picture is not clear, you may also use the
manual tuning function.
Channel
number in the
CHANNEL
SET field
Receivable
Channel
E2
C02
R1
E3
C05
R6
C04
E4
C06
R7
C05
E5
C12
R12
C06
E6
C13
R2
C07
E7
C14
R3
TUNER
C08
E8
C15
R4
C09
E9
C16
R5
C10
E10
C17
R8
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
C11
E11
C18
R9
C12
E12
C19
R10
C21–C69
E21–E69
C20
R11
S01–S41
S1–S41
C21–C69
R21–R69
S42–S46
S01–S05
PROG +/– or the programme number buttons to select the
1 Press
programme position for which you cannot obtain a clear picture.
2 Press MENU, then select SETTINGS and press OK.
3 Select TUNER, then press OK.
4 Select FINE TUNING, then press OK.
The fine tuning meter appears.
PROG.
PLAY
OK
If the TV sound is distorted or noisy,
press M/m to highlight SYSTEM
and press OK. Then press M/m to
select B/G or D/K so that you get
better sound.
EXIT : MENU
PROG.
SELECT
CONFIRM
Selected programme
position
5 Press </, to get a clearer picture, then press MENU to exit the menu.
Note that the AFT (Auto Fine Tuning) setting switches to OFF.
Tip
• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.
Notes
• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few
minutes.
• When adjusting FINE TUNING, the menu may become difficult to read due to
interference from the picture being received.
TUNER
4
D/K
B/G
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
4
D/K
NORMAL
C2 7
OFF
SET :
If you know the number of the channel you want, press the
programme number buttons. For example, for channel 5, first press
“0” and then press “5.”
8
Press MENU to exit the menu.
MENU
SELECT
:
CONFIRM : OK
D/K TV system
Channel
number in the
CHANNEL
SET field
To preset another programme position, repeat steps 5 through 7.
Getting Started
7
OFF
ON
:
: OK
EXIT : MENU
32
Presetting channels
Presetting channels
PLAY
OK
After setting the channels, you can change the programme positions as you like. If
any programme positions are unused or contain unwanted channels, you can disable
them.
The selected channel is inserted at
the new programme position and the
intermediate channels are displaced
to fill the gap.
You can also change the station names (not available on SLV-SE610N/K). If the
station names are not displayed, you can enter them manually.
5
Changing programme positions
Before you start…
MENU
Press MENU, then press M/m to
highlight LISTS and press OK.
CHANNEL LIST
PROG
1
2
3
4
5
SELECT
SET STATION NAME
CONFIRM
NAME
CDE
CH
C0 3
C5 6
C1 2
C2 7
C0 9
AAB
FGH
:
:
: OK
EXIT : MENU
Press OK to confirm the setting.
PLAY
OK
• Turn on the VCR and the TV.
• Set the TV to the video channel.
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
1
Press M/m until the selected channel
row moves to the desired
programme position.
Getting Started
4
Changing/disabling programme positions
33
6
To change the programme position of another station, repeat steps 3
through 5.
LISTS
7
CHANNEL LIST
TIMER LIST
RETURN
MENU
Press MENU to exit the menu.
PLAY
SELECT :
SET
: OK
OK
2
PLAY
Tip
• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.
EXIT : MENU
Press M/m to highlight CHANNEL
LIST, then press OK.
OK
Note
• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few
minutes.
CHANNEL LIST
PROG
1
2
3
4
5
SELECT
MOVE PROGRAM
ERASE PROGRAM
NAME
AAB
CDE
CH
C1 2
C0 3
C5 6
C2 7
C0 9
Disabling unwanted programme positions
FGH
After presetting channels, you can disable unused programme positions. The disabled
positions will be skipped later when you press the PROG +/– buttons.
:
:
: CLEAR
EXIT : MENU
3
PLAY
OK
Press M/m to highlight the row
which you want to change the
programme position, then press ,.
To display other pages for
programme positions 6 to 60, press
M/m repeatedly.
Before you start…
CHANNEL LIST
PROG
1
2
3
4
5
SELECT
SET STATION NAME
CONFIRM
• Turn on the VCR and the TV.
• Set the TV to the video channel.
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
NAME
AAB
CDE
CH
C1 2
C0 3
C5 6
C2 7
C0 9
FGH
1
:
:
: OK
MENU
EXIT : MENU
Press MENU, then press M/m to
highlight LISTS, and press OK.
LISTS
CHANNEL LIST
TIMER LIST
RETURN
PLAY
OK
34
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
continued
Changing/disabling programme positions
Changing/disabling programme positions
1-8
35
PLAY
Press M/m to highlight CHANNEL
LIST, then press OK.
OK
Changing the station names (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
CHANNEL LIST
PROG
1
2
3
4
5
SELECT
MOVE PROGRAM
ERASE PROGRAM
You can change or enter the station names (up to 5 characters). The VCR must
receive channel information (for instance, SMARTLINK information) for station
names to appear automatically.
NAME
AAB
CDE
CH
C1 2
C0 3
C5 6
C2 7
C0 9
FGH
Before you start…
:
:
: CLEAR
• Turn on the VCR and the TV.
• Set the TV to the video channel.
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
EXIT : MENU
3
PLAY
Press M/m to highlight the row
which you want to disable.
OK
CHANNEL LIST
PROG
1
2
3
4
5
SELECT
MOVE PROGRAM
ERASE PROGRAM
1
NAME
AAB
CDE
CH
C1 2
C0 3
C5 6
C2 7
C0 9
MENU
Press MENU, then press M/m to
highlight LISTS and press OK.
LISTS
CHANNEL LIST
TIMER LIST
RETURN
FGH
:
:
: CLEAR
PLAY
EXIT : MENU
SELECT :
SET
: OK
OK
4
CLEAR
Press CLEAR.
The selected row will be cleared as
shown on the right.
Getting Started
2
EXIT : MENU
CHANNEL LIST
PROG
1
2
3
4
5
SELECT
MOVE PROGRAM
ERASE PROGRAM
CH
C1 2
C0 3
NAME
AAB
CDE
C2 7
C0 9
FGH
2
PLAY
Press M/m to highlight CHANNEL
LIST, then press OK.
CHANNEL LIST
PROG
1
2
3
4
5
OK
:
:
: CLEAR
EXIT : MENU
NAME
AAB
CDE
CH
C1 2
C0 3
C5 6
C2 7
C0 9
SELECT
MOVE PROGRAM
ERASE PROGRAM
FGH
:
:
: CLEAR
EXIT : MENU
5
6
Repeat steps 3 and 4 for any other programme positions you want to
disable.
MENU
3
Press MENU to exit the menu.
PLAY
OK
Tip
• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.
Press M/m to highlight the row
which you want to change or enter
the station name, then press ,.
To display other pages for
programme positions 6 to 60, press
M/m repeatedly.
CHANNEL LIST
PROG
1
2
3
4
5
NAME
AAB
CDE
CH
C1 2
C0 3
C5 6
C2 7
C0 9
SELECT
SET STATION NAME
CONFIRM
FGH
:
:
: OK
EXIT : MENU
4
Notes
• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few
minutes.
• Be sure to select the programme position you want to disable correctly. If you
disable a programme position by mistake, you need to reset that channel manually.
Press ,.
CHANNEL LIST
PLAY
PROG
1
2
3
4
5
OK
CH
C1 2
C0 3
C5 6
C2 7
C0 9
SELECT A CHARACTER
NEXT
CONFIRM
NAME
AAB
CDE
FGH
:
:
: OK
EXIT : MENU
36
continued
Changing/disabling programme positions
Changing/disabling programme positions
Enter the station name.
PLAY
OK
1 Press M/m to select a character.
Each time you press M, the
character changes as shown
below.
AtBt…tZtatbt
…tzt0t1t…t9t
(symbols) t (blank space) t
A
CHANNEL LIST
PROG
1
2
3
4
5
CH
C1 2
C0 3
C5 6
C2 7
C0 9
SELECT A CHARACTER
NEXT
CONFIRM
Setting the Canal Plus decoder
NAME
CAB
CDE
(not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
FGH
You can watch or record Canal Plus programmes if you connect a decoder
(not supplied) to the VCR.
:
:
: OK
EXIT : MENU
Connecting a decoder
2 Press , to set the next character.
The next space is highlighted.
To correct a character, press </, until the character you want
to correct is highlighted, then reset it.
Scart cable
(not supplied)
DECODER/t LINE-3 IN*1
or
DECODER/t LINE-2 IN*2
You can set up to 5 characters for the station name.
6
Canal Plus decoder
Scart
(EURO-AV)
Press OK to confirm the new name.
PLAY
OK
AERIAL OUT
i LINE-1 (TV)
7
Getting Started
5
37
MENU
Aerial cable
(supplied)
Press MENU to exit the menu.
AERIAL IN
Scart cable (not supplied)
Scart
(EURO-AV)
: Signal flow
Tip
• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.
Setting Canal Plus channels
Notes
• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few
minutes.
• If you enter a symbol in step 5, it will appear as a blank space in the display
window.
To watch or record Canal Plus programmes, set your VCR to receive the channels
using the on-screen display.
In order to set the channels correctly, be sure to follow all of the steps below.
Before you start…
• Turn on the VCR, the TV, and the decoder.
• Set the TV to the video channel.
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
38
continued
Setting the Canal Plus decoder (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
Changing/disabling programme positions
1-9
39
MENU
Press MENU, then press M/m to
highlight OPTIONS and press OK.
6
OPTIONS
PLAY
PLAY
Press MENU again. Then press M/
m to highlight SETTINGS and press
OK.
SETTINGS
TUNER
CLOCK
LANGUAGE
RETURN
PLAY
SELECT :
SET
: OK
OK
2
MENU
OPTIONS - 1
OPTIONS - 2
RETURN
Press M/m to highlight OPTIONS-2,
then press OK.
OK
7
OPTIONS - 2
DECODER / LINE3
TIMER OPTIONS
POWER SAVE
TV DIRECT REC
RR
RETURN
SELECT :
SET
: OK
OK
EXIT : MENU
DECODER
VARIABLE
OFF
ON
NORMAL
PLAY
EXIT : MENU
Press M/m to highlight TUNER,
then press OK.
OK
SELECT :
SET
: OK
TUNER
PROG.
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
3
PLAY
OK
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
8
OPTIONS - 2
DECODER / LINE3
TIMER OPTIONS
POWER SAVE
TV DIRECT REC
RR
RETURN
DECODER
LINE3
PLAY
Press M/m to highlight NORMAL/
CATV, then press OK.
OK
ON
NORMAL
SELECT
:
CONFIRM : OK
TUNER
PROG.
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
PLAY
Press M/m to highlight DECODER,
then press OK.
OK
9
DECODER
VARIABLE
OFF
ON
NORMAL
PLAY
OK
Press M/m to highlight NORMAL,
then press OK.
To preset CATV (Cable Television)
channels, select CATV.
SELECT :
SET
: OK
TUNER
PROG.
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
MENU
1
D/K
NORMAL
AAB
C1 2
OFF
ON
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
5
ON
EXIT : MENU
OPTIONS - 2
DECODER / LINE3
TIMER OPTIONS
POWER SAVE
TV DIRECT REC
RR
RETURN
1
NORMAL
CATV
SELECT
:
CONFIRM : OK
EXIT : MENU
4
1
D/K
NORMAL
C1 2
AAB
OFF
ON
EXIT : MENU
Press M/m to highlight DECODER/
LINE3*1 (or DECODER/LINE2*2),
then press OK.
Getting Started
1
EXIT : MENU
10
Press MENU to exit the menu.
The menu disappears from the TV screen.
• PROG
Press PROG +/– to select the desired
programme position.
Selected programme position
TUNER
PROG. 1 5
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
D/K
NORMAL
AAB
C1 2
OFF
ON
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
40
continued
Setting the Canal Plus decoder (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
Setting the Canal Plus decoder (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
PLAY
Press M/m to highlight CHANNEL
SET, then press OK.
OK
16
TUNER
PROG. 1 5
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
MENU
Press MENU to exit the menu.
D/K
C1 2
AAB
ON
Tip
• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.
SELECT
:
CONFIRM : OK
EXIT : MENU
12
PLAY
Press M/m to select the Canal Plus
channels, then press OK.
OK
Notes
• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few
minutes.
• To superimpose subtitles while watching Canal Plus programmes, make both
decoder-VCR and VCR-TV connections using 21-pin Scart cables that are
compatible with the RGB signals. You cannot record subtitles on the VCR.
• When you watch Canal Plus programmes through the RFU input of the TV, press
t TV/VIDEO so that the VIDEO indicator appears in the display window.
• If POWER SAVE is set to FULL, you cannot watch or record Canal Plus
programmes during standby mode. Set POWER SAVE in the OPTIONS-2 menu
to OFF or PARTIAL.
TUNER
PROG. 1 5
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
D/K
NORMAL
LMN
C0 2
OFF
ON
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
13
PLAY
Press M/m to highlight PAY-TV/
CANAL+, then press OK.
OK
Getting Started
11
41
TUNER
PROG. 1 5
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
*1 SLV-SE810N/K only
*2 SLV-SE710N/K and SX710N/K only
D/K
NORMAL
ON
OFF
SELECT
:
CONFIRM : OK
EXIT : MENU
14
PLAY
Press M/m to highlight ON, then
press OK.
OK
TUNER
PROG. 1 5
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
D/K
NORMAL
LMN
C0 2
ON
ON
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
15
PLAY
OK
If the TV sound is distorted or noisy,
press M/m to highlight SYSTEM
and press OK. Then press M/m to
select B/G or D/K so that you get
better sound.
TUNER
PROG. 1 5
SYSTEM
NORMAL / CATV
CHANNEL SET
PAY - TV / CANAL+
AFT
FINE TUNING
RETURN
D/K
B/G
ON
ON
SELECT
:
CONFIRM : OK
EXIT : MENU
42
Setting the Canal Plus decoder (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
Setting the Canal Plus decoder (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
1-10
43
Basic Operations
Before you start...
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
1
Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.
2
Insert a tape.
3
The VCR turns on and starts playing
automatically if you insert a tape with
its safety tab removed.
Press H PLAY.
PLAY
When the tape reaches the end, it will rewind automatically.
Starting playback automatically with one button (One
Touch Play) (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
OK
If you use the SMARTLINK connection, you can turn on the VCR and the
TV, set the TV to the video channel, and start playback automatically with
one button.
Additional tasks
To
Press
Stop play
x STOP
Pause play
X PAUSE
Resume play after pause
X PAUSE or H PLAY
Fast-forward the tape
M FF during stop
Rewind the tape
m REW during stop
Eject the tape
Z EJECT
1 Insert a tape.
2
Note
• When you use the One Touch Play function, leave the TV on or in the standby
mode.
To use the time counter
Press CLEAR at the point on the tape that you want to find later. The
counter in the display window resets to “0:00:00.” Search for the point
afterwards by referring to the counter.
SP
OPC
To display the counter on the TV screen, press
44
The VCR automatically turns on.
If you insert a tape with its safety tab removed, the TV turns on and
switches to the video channel. Playback starts automatically.
Press H PLAY.
The TV turns on and switches to the video channel automatically.
Playback starts.
Tip
• When there already is a tape in the VCR, the VCR and the TV turn on, the TV is
set to the video channel, and playback starts automatically in one sequence when
you press H PLAY.
To set the colour system
If the playback picture has no colour, or streaks appear during playback, set
COLOUR SYSTEM in the OPTIONS-1 menu to conform to the system that
the tape was recorded in (see page 85). (Normally set the option to AUTO.)
VIDEO
DISPLAY.
Playing a tape
Playing a tape
Before you start...
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
1
Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.
2
Insert a tape with its safety tab in place.
To record from a decoder, turn it on.
• PROG
Press PROG +/– to select the programme position or station name*
you want to record.
VIDEO
SP / LP
5
1 : 46
OPC
Remaining time
In order to get an accurate remaining time indication, be sure TAPE
LENGTH in the OPTIONS-1 menu is set according to the tape type you use
(see page 85).
Press SP/LP to select the tape speed, SP or LP.
To watch another TV programme while recording
LP (Long Play) provides recording time twice as long as SP.
However, SP (Standard Play) produces better picture and audio
quality.
Press t TV/VIDEO to turn off the VIDEO indicator in the display
1 window.
VIDEO
REC
SP
0 : 00 : 22
Time counter
2 Select another programme position on the TV.
LP OPC
To save a recording
To prevent accidental erasure, break off the
safety tab as illustrated. To record on the
same tape again, cover the tab hole with
adhesive tape.
Press z REC to start recording.
The recording indicator lights up red in the display window.
Recording indicator
VIDEO
Basic Operations
SP
4
45
To check the remaining time
Press
DISPLAY. With the display on, press COUNTER/REMAIN to
check the remaining time. Each time you press COUNTER/REMAIN, the
time counter and the remaining time appear alternately. The
indicator
indicates the remaining time.
Recording TV programmes
3
Basic Operations
Notes
• The counter resets to “0:00:00” whenever a tape is reinserted.
• The counter stops counting when it comes to a portion with no recording.
• The time counter does not appear on the TV screen when using an NTSC-recorded
tape.
• Depending on your TV, the following may occur while playing an NTSC-recorded
tape:
– The picture becomes black and white.
– The picture shakes.
– No picture appears on the TV screen.
– Black streaks appear horizontally on the TV screen.
– The colour density increases or decreases.
• If you play back a tape in LP or EP mode with the NTSC system, the sound
becomes monaural.
• The picture’s colour may be affected when playing a MESECAM-recorded tape in
the LP mode.
• While setting the menu on the TV screen, buttons for playback on the remote
commander do not function.
Playing a tape
LP OPC
Safety tab
To stop recording
Press x STOP.
46
Tips
• To select a programme position, you can use the programme number buttons on the
remote commander. For two-digit numbers, press the - (ten’s digit) button
followed by the programme number buttons.
• If you connect additional equipment to a LINE connector or jack, you can select
the input signal using the INPUT SELECT or PROG +/– buttons.
• The
DISPLAY information appears on the TV screen indicating information
about the tape, but the information won’t be recorded on the tape.
• If you don’t want to watch TV while recording, you can turn off the TV. When
using a decoder, make sure to leave it on.
continued
Recording TV programmes
Recording TV programmes
1-11
47
Notes
Notes
• You cannot record what you are watching using this method when the VCR is in
the following modes; pause, timer standby, tuner preset, Auto Set Up, and
recording.
• When the TV indicator is lit in the display window, do not turn off the TV nor
change the TV programme position. When the TV indicator is not lit, the VCR
continues recording the programme even if you change the TV programme
position on the TV.
Basic Operations
• The
DISPLAY information does not appear during still (pause) mode or slowmotion playback.
• The
DISPLAY information will not appear while playing an NTSC-recorded
tape.
• If a tape has portions recorded in both PAL (MESECAM) and NTSC systems, the
time counter reading will not be correct. This discrepancy is due to the difference
between the counting cycles of the two video systems.
• You cannot watch a Canal Plus programme while recording another Canal Plus
programme.*
• When you insert a non-standard commercially available tape, the remaining time
may not be correct.
• The remaining time is intended for rough measurement only.
• About 30 seconds after the tape begins playback, the tape remaining time will be
displayed.
• The station name* may not appear if the VCR does not receive station name
information signals.
* not available on SLV-SE610N/K
Recording what you are watching on the TV (TV Direct
Rec) (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
If you use the SMARTLINK connection, you can easily record what you are
watching on the TV (other than tapes being played on the VCR).
1 Insert a tape with its safety tab in place.
z REC while you are watching a TV programme or external
2 Press
source.
The VCR automatically turns on, then the TV indicator lights up and the
VCR starts recording what you are watching on the TV.
Tips
• The TV indicator appears in the display window after you press z REC in some
situations such as:
– when you are watching a source connected to the TV’s line input, or
– when the TV tuner preset data for the programme position is different from the
data in the VCR tuner preset.
• If there is a tape with its safety tab in place in the VCR, the VCR automatically
turns on and starts recording what you are watching on the TV when you press
z REC.
• You can turn the TV Direct Rec function ON and OFF in the OPTIONS-2 menu
(see page 86).
48
Recording TV programmes
Recording TV programmes
3
Recording TV programmes using the Dial
Timer
DIAL TIMER
Press
DIAL TIMER.
“START” and the current time appear alternately in the display
window.
(SLV-SE810N/K only)
1
?/1
DIAL TIMER
PROGRAM +/–
4
Press
DIAL TIMER
Turn
SP
OPC
DIAL TIMER to set the recording start time.
VIDEO
SP
OPC
5
DIAL TIMER
Press
DIAL TIMER.
“STOP” and the recording stop time appear alternately in the display
window.
VIDEO
SP
OPC
VIDEO
SP
OPC
VIDEO
SP
OPC
VIDEO
SP
OPC
SP
OPC
6
DIAL TIMER to set the recording date.
VIDEO
DIAL TIMER
Turn
DIAL TIMER to set the recording stop time.
You can set the recording stop time in 15 minute intervals or adjust
the time in one minute intervals by pressing the PROGRAM +/–
buttons.
PROGRAM
50
VIDEO
DIAL TIMER.
If the date and time are not set, “DAY” will appear. See step 2 in the
following section, “To set the clock” to set the date and time.
DIAL TIMER
Turn
PROGRAM
“DATE” and “TODAY” appear alternately in the display window.
2
OPC
You can set the recording start time in 15 minute intervals or adjust
the time in one minute intervals by pressing the PROGRAM +/–
buttons.
• Insert a tape with its safety tab in place. Make sure the tape is longer than the total recording
time.
• To record from a decoder, turn it on.
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
DIAL TIMER
SP
X
Before you start...
1
VIDEO
x
Basic Operations
The Dial Timer function allows you to
make timer recordings of programmes
without turning on your TV. Set the
recording timer to record up to eight
programmes, including settings made
with other timer methods, that will be
broadcast within the next month. The
recording start time and recording stop
time can be set at one minute intervals.
49
VIDEO
SP
OPC
continued
Recording TV programmes using the Dial Timer (SLV-SE810N/K only)
Recording TV programmes using the Dial Timer (SLV-SE810N/K only)
1-12
51
7
DIAL TIMER
Press
To set the clock
DIAL TIMER.
VIDEO
8
DIAL TIMER
Turn
SP
OPC
DIAL TIMER to set the programme position.
To record from a decoder or other source connected to one or more
of the LINE inputs, turn DIAL TIMER or press INPUT SELECT
to display the connected line in the display window.
VIDEO
INPUT SELECT
9
DIAL TIMER
Press
SP
OPC
Tips
• To cancel a Dial Timer setting, press x (stop) on the VCR while you are making
the setting.
• The programme is recorded in the current tape speed mode. To change the tape
speed, press SP/LP before you complete the setting in step 9.
• When you are recording a programme in the SP mode and the remaining tape
becomes shorter than the recording time, the tape speed is automatically changed
to the LP mode. Note that some interference will appear on the picture at the point
the tape speed is changed. If you want to keep the same tape speed, set AUTO
LONG PLAY to OFF in the OPTIONS-1 menu (page 85).
• To check, change, or cancel the programme setting, see “Checking/changing/
cancelling timer settings” (page 68).
DIAL TIMER to complete the setting.
“OK” appears in the display window for about five seconds.
The
indicator appears in the display window and the VCR stands
by for recording.
To record from a decoder or other source, leave the connected
equipment switched on.
To return to the previous step
To return to the previous step, press the PROGRAM + and – buttons on the
VCR at the same time during any of the Dial Timer settings.
Notes
• If eight programmes have already been set using the ShowView system or the
TIMER menu, “FULL” appears in the display window for about five seconds.
• The
indicator flashes in the display window when you complete the setting in
step 9 with no tape inserted.
• If you set the clock using the Auto Clock Set function and AUTO ADJUST is set to
ON, the clock will adjust itself to the incoming time signal regardless of
adjustments made with the Dial Timer. Be sure you have set the Auto Clock Set
correctly.
• The station name may not appear if the VCR does not receive station name
information signals.
To stop recording
To stop the VCR while recording, press x STOP.
To use the VCR after setting the timer
To use the VCR before a recording begins, just press ?/1. The
indicator
turns off and the VCR switches on. Remember to press ?/1 to reset the VCR
to recording standby after using the VCR.
You can also do the following tasks while the VCR is recording:
•
•
•
•
52
Basic Operations
1 Turn DIAL TIMER so that “CLOCK” appears in the display window.
DIAL TIMER.
2 Press
“DAY” appears in the display window.
3 Turn DIAL TIMER to set the day.
DIAL TIMER.
4 Press
“MONTH” appears in the display window.
and press DIAL TIMER to set the month, and then the year.
5 Turn
After you set the year, “CLOCK” appears in the display window again.
6 Turn and press DIAL TIMER to set the hour and minute.
you have finished setting the time, press DIAL TIMER to start
7 When
the clock.
The programme position or station name appears in the display
window.
Reset the counter (page 44).
Display tape information on the TV screen (page 47).
Check the timer settings (page 68).
Watch another TV programme (page 47).
continued
Recording TV programmes using the Dial Timer (SLV-SE810N/K only)
Recording TV programmes using the Dial Timer (SLV-SE810N/K only)
53
About the Demonstration Mode
Recording TV programmes using the
ShowView system
The Dial Timer function has a Demonstration Mode that allows the user, such as a
salesperson, to enter more than eight examples of timer settings when demonstrating
the use of the Dial Timer. It cancels the FULL notice which appears if eight
programmes have already been set. Do not use the Demonstration Mode for making
timer recordings. Doing so may cause the settings to be inaccurate.
(not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
The ShowView system is the feature that simplifies programming the VCR to make
timer recordings. Just enter the ShowView number listed in the TV programme guide.
The date, times, and programme position of that programme are set automatically.
You can preset a total of eight programmes, including settings made with other timer
methods.
To activate the Demonstration Mode
Press X (pause) on the VCR while turning the DIAL TIMER. “DEMO”
appears in the display window for a few seconds.
Before you start…
• Check that the VCR clock is set to the correct time and date.
• Insert a tape with its safety tab in place. Make sure the tape is longer than the total recording
time.
• To record from a decoder, turn it on.
• Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.
• Set TIMER OPTIONS to SHOWVIEW or VARIABLE in the OPTIONS-2 menu (see page
85).
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
1
TIMER
PLAY
OK
Press
Basic Operations
To cancel the Demonstration Mode
Turn the power off and unplug the mains lead. Although the Demonstration
Mode is cancelled, the timer settings entered while using the Demonstration
Mode will remain. Be sure to manually cancel the timer settings before you
use the Dial Timer or any other timer method after reconnecting the mains
lead (see page 68).
TIMER.
• When you set TIMER OPTIONS
to VARIABLE:
The TIMER METHOD menu
appears on the TV screen. Press
M/m to select SHOWVIEW, then
press OK.
TIMER METHOD
STANDARD
SHOWVIEW
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
• When you set TIMER OPTIONS
to SHOWVIEW:
The SHOWVIEW menu appears
on the TV screen.
SHOWVIEW
2 8 . 9 FRI
SHOWVIEW NO.
–––––––––
SET : 0–9
EXIT : MENU
54
continued
Recording TV programmes using the ShowView system (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
Recording TV programmes using the Dial Timer (SLV-SE810N/K only)
1-13
55
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
CLEAR
Press the programme number
buttons to enter the ShowView
number.
If you make a mistake, press
CLEAR and re-enter the correct
number.
2 8 . 9 FRI
To record from a decoder or other source, leave the connected
equipment switched on.
SET
: 0–9
CONFIRM : OK
CANCEL : CLEAR
Press OK.
PLAY
INPUT SELECT
CLEAR
4
PLAY
OK
The date, start and stop times,
programme position or station name,
tape speed, and VPS/PDC setting
appear on the TV screen.
To stop recording
To stop the VCR while recording, press x STOP.
TIMER
2 8 . 9 FRI
DATE
TODAY
SP / LP
TIME
19 : 00 20 : 00
SP
Daily/weekly recording
In step 4 above, press m to select the recording pattern. Each time you press
m, the indication changes as shown below. Press M to change the indication
in reverse order.
PROG.
35
VPS / PDC
OFF
LIST
TODAY t SUN-SAT (Sunday to Saturday) t MON-SAT (Monday to
Saturday) t MON-FRI (Monday to Friday) t SAT (every Saturday) .....
t MON (every Monday) t SUN (every Sunday) t 1 month later t
(dates count down) t TOMORROW t TODAY
SELECT :
SET
:
• If “– –” appears in the “PROG.”
CANCEL : CLEAR
EXIT : MENU
(programme) column (this may
happen for local broadcasts), you
have to set the appropriate programme position manually.
Press M/m to select the desired programme position.
To record from a decoder or other source connected to one or
more of the LINE inputs, press INPUT SELECT to display the
connected line in the “PROG.” position.
You will only have to do this operation once for the referred
channel. The VCR will then store your setting.
If the information is incorrect, press CLEAR to cancel the setting.
If you want to change the date, tape
speed, and the VPS/PDC setting:
1 Press </, to highlight the item
you want to change.
2 Press M/m to reset it.
Timer recording with VPS/PDC signals
Some broadcast systems transmit VPS (Video Programme System) or PDC
(Programme Delivery Control) signals with their TV programmes. These
signals ensure that your timer recordings are made regardless of broadcast
delays, early starts, or broadcast interruptions (when the VPS or PDC
indicator in the display window is lit).
To use the VPS/PDC function, set VPS/PDC to ON in step 4 above. You can
also use the VPS/PDC function for a source connected to one or more of the
LINE inputs.
TIMER
2 8 . 9 FRI
DATE
TODAY
SP / LP
TIME
19 : 00 20 : 00
SP
PROG.
35
VPS / PDC
To record satellite broadcasts
If you connect a satellite tuner and the VCR, you can record satellite
programmes.
ON
LIST
SELECT :
SET
:
CANCEL : CLEAR
1 Turn on the satellite tuner.
the satellite tuner, select the satellite programme for which you want
2 On
to make a timer setting.
3 Follow steps 1 through 6 above.
the satellite tuner turned on until the VCR finishes recording the
4 Keep
satellite programme for which you have made a timer setting.
EXIT : MENU
• To record the same programme
every day or the same day every
week, see “Daily/weekly recording” on page 57.
• To use the VPS/PDC function, set VPS/PDC to ON. For details of
the VPS/PDC function, see “Timer recording with VPS/PDC
signals” on page 57.
5
56
MENU
Basic Operations
OK
The indicator appears in the display window and the VCR stands
by for recording.
SHOWVIEW NO.
1246–––––
EXIT : MENU
3
Press ?/1 to turn off the VCR.
6
SHOWVIEW
Press MENU to exit the menu.
continued
Recording TV programmes using the ShowView system (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
Recording TV programmes using the ShowView system (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
57
To use the VCR after setting the timer
Recording TV programmes using the timer
To use the VCR before a recording begins, just press ?/1. The indicator
turns off and the VCR switches on. Remember to press ?/1 to reset the VCR
to recording standby after using the VCR.
You can preset a total of eight programmes, including settings made with other timer
methods.
You can also do the following tasks while the VCR is recording:
•
•
•
•
Reset the counter (page 44).
Display tape information on the TV screen (page 47).
Check the timer settings (page 68).
Watch another TV programme (page 47).
Before you start…
Tips
• To set the programme position, you can also use the PROG +/– or programme
number buttons.
• To set the programme position with a two digit number, press - (ten’s digit)
button followed by the programme number buttons.
• To set the line input video source, you can also use the PROG +/– buttons.
• To set the tape speed, you can also use the SP/LP button.
• When you are recording a programme in the SP mode and the remaining tape
becomes shorter than the recording time, the tape speed is automatically changed
to the LP mode. Note that some interference will appear on the picture at the point
the tape speed is changed. If you want to keep the same tape speed, set AUTO
LONG PLAY to OFF in the OPTIONS-1 menu (page 85).
• To check, change, or cancel the programme setting, press </, to choose LIST,
then press OK in step 4. For details, see step 3 in “Checking/changing/cancelling
timer settings” (page 68).
1
TIMER
Press
TIMER.
For SLV-SE610N/K:
The TIMER menu appears on the
TV screen.
TIMER
2 8 . 9 FRI
DATE
TODAY
SP / LP
PLAY
TIME
–– : –– –– : ––
Basic Operations
• Check that the VCR clock is set to the correct time and date.
• Insert a tape with its safety tab in place. Make sure the tape is longer than the total recording
time.
• To record from a decoder, turn it on.
• Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.
• Set TIMER OPTIONS to STANDARD or VARIABLE in the OPTIONS-2 menu (see page
85).*
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
PROG.
––
SP
LIST
OK
SELECT :
SET
:
CANCEL : CLEAR
EXIT : MENU
For SLV-SE710N/K, SX710N/K, and
SE810N/K:
Notes
• If the VPS/PDC signal is too weak or the broadcasting station failed to transmit
VPS/PDC signals, the VCR will start recording at the set time without using the
VPS/PDC function.
• The
indicator flashes in the display window when you press ?/1 with no tape
inserted.
• When you set TIMER OPTIONS to STANDARD in the OPTIONS-2 menu, the
SHOWVIEW menu does not appear on the TV screen. Select SHOWVIEW or
VARIABLE.
• The VPS/PDC function is automatically set to OFF for the timer recording of a
satellite programme.
• The station name may not appear if the VCR does not receive station name
information signals.
• When you set TIMER OPTIONS
to VARIABLE:
The TIMER METHOD menu
appears on the TV screen. Press
M/m to select STANDARD, then
press OK.
TIMER METHOD
STANDARD
SHOWVIEW
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
• When you set TIMER OPTIONS
to STANDARD:
The TIMER menu appears on the
TV screen.
TIMER
2 8 . 9 FRI
DATE
TODAY
SP / LP
TIME
–– : –– –– : ––
SP
PROG.
––
VPS / PDC
OFF
LIST
SELECT :
SET
:
CANCEL : CLEAR
EXIT : MENU
58
continued
Recording TV programmes using the timer
Recording TV programmes using the ShowView system (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
1-14
59
2
PLAY
OK
INPUT SELECT
Set the date, start and stop times,
programme position or station
name*, tape speed, and VPS/PDC
function*:
1 Press , to highlight each item in
turn.
To record satellite broadcasts
If you connect a satellite tuner and the VCR, you can record satellite
programmes.
TIMER
2 8 . 9 FRI
DATE
TODAY
SP / LP
TIME
19 : 00 20 : 00
SP
PROG.
35
VPS / PDC
OFF
1 Turn on the satellite tuner.
the satellite tuner, select the satellite programme for which you want
2 On
to make a timer setting.
Follow steps 1 through 4 above.
3
the satellite tuner turned on until the VCR finishes recording the
4 Keep
satellite programme for which you have made a timer setting.
LIST
SELECT :
SET
:
CANCEL : CLEAR
2 Press M/m to set each item.
EXIT : MENU
To correct a setting, press < to return to that setting and reset.
3
4
MENU
To use the VCR after setting the timer
To use the VCR before a recording begins, just press ?/1. The indicator
turns off and the VCR switches on. Remember to press ?/1 to reset the VCR
to recording standby after using the VCR.
You can also do the following tasks while the VCR is recording:
•
•
•
•
Press MENU to exit the menu.
Press ?/1 to turn off the VCR.
Reset the counter (page 44).
Display tape information on the TV screen (page 47).
Check the timer settings (page 68).
Watch another TV programme (page 47).
Tips
• To set the programme position, you can also use the PROG +/– or programme
number buttons.
• To set the programme position with a two digit number, press - (ten’s digit)
button followed by the programme number buttons.
• To set the line input video source, you can also use the PROG +/– buttons.
• To set the tape speed, you can also use the SP/LP button.
• When you are recording a programme in the SP mode and the remaining tape
becomes shorter than the recording time, the tape speed is automatically changed
to the LP mode. Note that some interference will appear on the picture at the point
the tape speed is changed. If you want to keep the same tape speed, set AUTO
LONG PLAY to OFF in the OPTIONS-1 menu (page 85).
• Even if you set TIMER OPTIONS* to SHOWVIEW in the OPTIONS-2 menu, you
can set the timer manually. Press MENU to select TIMER, then go to step 2.
• To check, change, or cancel the programme setting, press </, to choose LIST,
then press OK in step 2. For details, see step 3 in “Checking/changing/cancelling
timer settings” (page 68).
The indicator appears in the display window and the VCR stands
by for recording.
To record from a decoder or other source, leave the connected
equipment switched on.
To stop recording
To stop the VCR while recording, press x STOP.
Daily/weekly recording
In step 2 above, press m to select the recording pattern. Each time you press
m, the indication changes as shown below. Press M to change the indication
in reverse order.
TODAY t SUN-SAT (Sunday to Saturday) t MON-SAT (Monday to
Saturday) t MON-FRI (Monday to Friday) t SAT (every Saturday) .....
t MON (every Monday) t SUN (every Sunday) t 1 month later t
(dates count down) t TOMORROW t TODAY
60
Basic Operations
• To record the same programme every day or the same day every
week, see “Daily/weekly recording” on page 60.
• To use the VPS/PDC function*, set VPS/PDC to ON. For details
about the VPS/PDC function, see “Timer recording with VPS/
PDC signals” on page 57.
• To record from a decoder or other source connected to one or
more of the LINE inputs, press INPUT SELECT to display the
connected line in the “PROG.” position.
continued
Recording TV programmes using the timer
Recording TV programmes using the timer
61
Additional Operations
Notes
• When setting the timer with VPS/PDC signals, enter the start and stop times
exactly as indicated in the TV programme guide. Otherwise, the VPS/PDC
function* won’t work.
• If the VPS/PDC signal is too weak or the broadcasting station failed to transmit
VPS/PDC signals, the VCR will start recording at the set time without using the
VPS/PDC function*.
• The
indicator flashes in the display window when you press ?/1 with no tape
inserted.
• The VPS/PDC function* is automatically set to OFF for the timer recording of a
satellite programme.
• The station name* may not appear if the VCR does not receive station name
information signals.
Playing/searching at various speeds
Before you start…
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
Operation
During fast-forward, hold down M FF/M. During rewind,
hold down m REW/m.
Play at high speed
• During playback, press M FF or m REW on the remote
commander.
• During playback, hold down M FF/M or m REW/m.
When you release the button, normal playback resumes.
Play at twice the normal
speed
During playback, press ×2.
Play in slow motion
During playback, press y SLOW.
Play frame by frame
During pause, press M FF or m REW on the remote
commander. Hold down M FF or m REW to play one
frame each second.
Rewind and start play
During stop, press H (play) on the VCR while holding down
m on the VCR.
* not available on SLV-SE610N/K
Additional Operations
Playback options
View the picture during
fast-forward or rewind
To resume normal playback
Press H PLAY.
Using the shuttle ring
(SLV-SE810N/K only)
JOG
Shuttle ring
With the shuttle ring, you can
operate a variety of playback
options. There are two ways for
using the shuttle ring, normal
mode and jog mode.
62
continued
Playing/searching at various speeds
Recording TV programmes using the timer
1-15
63
To use the shuttle ring in normal mode
During playback or pause, turn the shuttle ring clockwise or anticlockwise.
Each change in the shuttle ring position changes the playback mode in the
following way.
Setting the recording duration time
After you have started recording in the normal way, you can have the VCR stop
recording automatically after a specified duration.
Pause
Before you start…
Slow motion
in reverse
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
Slow motion
1 While recording, press z REC.
The
Normal speed
in reverse
indicator appears in the display window.
Normal speed
(Initial speed)
SP
OPC
2 Press z REC repeatedly to set the duration time.
Double speed
Each press advances the time in increments of 30 minutes.
High speed in
reverse
High speed
0:30
5:30
Normal recording
6:00
The tape counter decreases minute by minute to 0:00, then the VCR stops
recording and turns off automatically.
To use the shuttle ring in jog mode
Use this mode for frame-by-frame playback.
To extend the duration
Press z REC repeatedly to set a new duration time.
Press JOG to enter the jog mode. The JOG button lights up. If you change to
the jog mode during any playback mode, playback pauses so you can see a
still picture. Each change in the shuttle ring position shifts the picture one
frame. To shift frames in reverse, turn the shuttle ring anticlockwise. The
frame shift speed depends on the speed you turn the shuttle ring.
To cancel the duration
Press z REC repeatedly until the indicator disappears and the VCR
returns to the normal recording mode.
To resume normal mode, press JOG again. The JOG button turns off.
To stop recording
To stop the VCR while recording, press x STOP.
Tip
• Adjust the picture using the PROGRAM +/– buttons on the VCR if:
– Streaks appear while playing in slow motion.
– Bands appear at the top or bottom while pausing.
– The picture shakes while pausing.
To set tracking to the centre position, press both buttons (+/–) at the same time.
Notes
• The sound is muted during these operations.
• In the LP mode, noise may appear or there may be no colour.
• If the playback mode mark doesn’t appear on the TV screen, press
64
1:00
Additional Operations
Double speed
in reverse
VIDEO
Note
• You cannot display the current tape time in the display window when setting the
recording duration time.
DISPLAY.
Playing/searching at various speeds
Setting the recording duration time
Recording programmes using
the Synchronized Recording
function
Synchronized Recording
(not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
65
SYNCHRO REC
Before you start...
You can set the VCR to automatically record programmes from equipment
such as a satellite tuner by connecting the equipment to the DECODER/
LINE-3 IN*1 (or DECODER/LINE-2 IN*2) connector. The connected
equipment must have a timer function for this feature to work.
• Insert a tape with its safety tab in place.
Make sure the tape is longer than the total
recording time.
• Set DECODER/LINE3*1 (or DECODER/
LINE2*2) to LINE3*1 (or LINE2*2) in the
OPTIONS-2 menu (see page 85).
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for
button locations.
When the connected equipment turns on, the VCR also automatically turns
on and starts recording a programme from DECODER/LINE-3 IN*1 (or
DECODER/LINE-2 IN*2).
Press INPUT SELECT or PROG +/– to display “L3* (or L2* )” in the
1 display
window.
the timer on the connected equipment to the time of the programme
2 Set
you want to record, then turn it off.
3 Press SP/LP to select the tape speed.
4 Hold down SYNCHRO REC for more than two seconds.
1
How to connect for Synchronized Recording
2
Connect the DECODER/LINE-3 IN* (or DECODER/LINE-2 IN* )
connector of the VCR to the TV Scart connector of the satellite tuner. Then
connect the LINE-1 (TV) connector to the TV.
Scart cable (not supplied)
Satellite tuner, etc.
DECODER/t LINE-3 IN*1
or
DECODER/t LINE-2 IN*2
2
The SYNCHRO indicator appears in the display window and the VCR
stands by for recording.
The VCR automatically turns on and starts recording when it receives an
input signal from the connected equipment.
The VCR automatically stops recording when the tape reaches the end or
when the connected equipment stops transmitting an input signal.
TV Scart
connector
i LINE-1 (TV)
Additional Operations
1
To cancel the Synchronized Recording function
Press SYNCHRO REC. The SYNCHRO indicator disappears.
To stop recording
Press x STOP while recording.
Scart cable (not supplied)
Scart (EURO-AV)
Notes
• This function may not work with some types of satellite tuners.
• Some TVs or other equipment with timer functions will automatically turn off if no
operation is performed within a certain amount of time. In this case, the
Synchronized Recording also stops automatically.
• When the connected equipment turns on while the SYNCHRO indicator is
appeared, recording starts automatically.
• If the settings for timer recording and Synchronized Recording overlap, the
programme that starts first has priority and the second programme starts recording
only after the first programme has finished.
• The Auto Clock Set function does not work while the VCR stands by for
Synchronized Recording.
: Signal flow
*1 SLV-SE810N/K only
*2 SLV-SE710N/K and SX710N/K only
66
Synchronized Recording (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
Synchronized Recording (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)
1-16
67
When the timer settings overlap
The programme that starts first has priority and the second programme starts
recording only after the first programme has finished. If the programmes
start at the same time, the programme listed first in the menu has priority.
Checking/changing/cancelling timer
settings
Before you start…
Programme 1
• Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
Programme 2
about 20 seconds
will be cut off
1 Press ?/1 to turn on the VCR.
2 Press MENU, then press M/m to highlight LISTS and press OK.
Press M/m to highlight TIMER LIST,
3 then
press OK:
Programme 1
Programme 2
TIMER LIST
4
• If you do not need to change or cancel
the settings, press MENU, then turn off
the VCR to return to recording standby.
Press M/m to select the setting you want
to change or cancel, then press OK.
The selected setting appears in the
TIMER menu.
19
20
10
14
6
–
TIME
: 00 20
: 00 21
: 00 11
: 00 15
: 30
7
: ––
–
: 00
: 00
: 30
: 00
: 00
: ––
2 8 . 9 FRI
VPS
PDC
PROG.
35
SP
AAB
LP
VPS
CDE
LP PDC
FGH
LP
IJK
SP
––
–
about 20 seconds will be cut off
Tip
• In step 6 above, you can check the TIMER LIST by selecting LIST and pressing
OK. Press MENU to exit the TIMER LIST.
RETURN
SELECT :
SET
: OK
CANCEL : CLEAR
EXIT : MENU
TIMER
2 8 . 9 FRI
DATE
2 . 10
SP / LP
TIME
10 : 00 11 : 30
LP
PROG.
CDE
VPS / PDC
Additional Operations
• If you want to change or cancel a
setting, go on to the next step.
DATE
TODAY
30 . 9
2 . 10
MON – FRI
SUN
–– . ––
ON
LIST
SELECT :
SET
:
CANCEL : CLEAR
EXIT : MENU
5
6
68
• To change the setting, press </, to highlight the item you want to
change, then press M/m to reset it.
• To cancel the setting, press CLEAR.
Press MENU to exit the menu.
If any settings remain, turn off the VCR to return to recording standby.
Checking/changing/cancelling timer settings
Checking/changing/cancelling timer settings
69
Bilingual programmes
Recording stereo and bilingual
programmes
In ZWEITON (German stereo) system
This VCR automatically receives and records stereo and bilingual
programmes based on the ZWEITON system. When a stereo or bilingual
programme is received, the STEREO indicator appears in the display
window.
To listen to
On-screen display
Display window
Main
MAIN
STEREO
Sub
SUB
STEREO
Main and sub
MAIN/SUB
STEREO
Standard sound*
No indicator
No indicator
* Usually the main sound (monaural)
Selecting the sound during playback
To select bilingual sound while recording
Press AUDIO MONITOR to select the sound you want.
Press AUDIO MONITOR to select the sound you want.
On-screen display
Display window
To listen to
On-screen display
Display window
Main
MAIN
STEREO
Stereo/main and sub
(left and right channels)
STEREO
STEREO
Sub
SUB
STEREO
Left channel/main
LCH
STEREO
Main and sub
MAIN/SUB
STEREO
Right channel/sub
RCH
STEREO
Standard sound
No indicator
No indicator
In NICAM system
(SLV-SE610N, SE710N, SX710N, and SE810N only)
How sound is recorded on a video tape
This VCR receives and records stereo and bilingual programmes based on
the NICAM system (The NICAM indicator appears). When a stereo or
bilingual programme is received, the STEREO indicator appears in the
display window.
The VCR records sound onto two separate tracks. Hi-fi audio is recorded
onto the main track along with the picture. Monaural sound is recorded onto
the normal audio track along the edge of the tape.
To record a NICAM programme, HIFI AUDIO in the OPTIONS-1 menu
should be set to NICAM (initial setting). To check the menu setting, see
page 85 for details.
Normal audio track
(monaural)
To select the sound while recording
Press AUDIO MONITOR to select the sound you want.
On-screen display
Display window
Stereo
STEREO
STEREO
Standard sound*
No indicator
No indicator
Stereo
Usually mixed
left/right channels
Bilingual
Usually main sound
Hi-fi audio track
(main track)
Stereo programmes
To listen to
Additional Operations
To listen to
Stereo sound
(left/right channels)
Main (left channel)
Sub (right channel)
* Usually the mixed sound of left and right channels (monaural)
70
continued
Recording stereo and bilingual programmes
Recording stereo and bilingual programmes
1-17
71
Notes
• To listen to playback sounds in stereo, you must use the Scart or AUDIO OUT
connections.
• When you play a tape recorded in monaural, the sound is heard in monaural
regardless of the AUDIO MONITOR setting.
• If the AUDIO MONITOR button does not function, check that AUDIO MIX*1 in
the OPTIONS-1 menu is set to OFF (see page 84).
• If HIFI AUDIO*1 is set to STANDARD, the standard sound will be recorded on
both the hi-fi and normal audio tracks. Pressing AUDIO MONITOR will not
change the sound.
Searching using the Smart Search
function
If you record multiple programmes on a tape, you can use the Smart Search function
to see what has been recorded on your tape. You can see information such as date,
time, and programme position of the programmes recorded. You can also start
playback directly from the selected programme using the SMART SEARCH screen.
All programmes are listed on the screen, regardless of how the programme was
recorded.
*1 SLV-SE610N, SE710N, SX710N, and SE810N only
Before you start…
• Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
recording, press ?/1 to turn on the
1 After
VCR.
2 Press SMART SEARCH.
M/m/</, to select the programme
3 Press
you want to start viewing.
SMART SEARCH
DATE
28 . 9
29 . 9
30 . 9
1 . 10
TIME
19 : 00 20 : 00
14 : 00 15 : 00
20 : 00 21 : 00
6 : 30
7 : 00
1 8 0 MIN.
PROG.
35
FGH
AAB
IJK
BLANK TIME
Additional Operations
To store programme information, see “Storing the programme information” on page
75. If you eject the tape before storing the information, the information will be
cleared.
3 0 MIN.
SELECT :
SET
: OK
SAVE : SMART SEARCH
4 Press OK.
SMART SEARCH
1 8 0 MIN.
The VCR starts searching, and playback
starts automatically from the beginning of
the selected programme.
NOW SEARCHING
To stop searching
Press x STOP.
To exit the SMART SEARCH screen
Press MENU.
72
continued
Searching using the Smart Search function
Recording stereo and bilingual programmes
To record in a blank space
Blank space on the tape will appear as a
blank row in the SMART SEARCH screen.
Select the last blank row in step 3, then press
OK. The VCR rewinds/fast-forwards the
tape to the beginning of the blank space, then
stops. Start recording. Note that “BLANK
TIME” and the remaining time indication
only refers to the length of the last blank
space.
SMART SEARCH
DATE
29 . 9
30 . 9
1 . 10
TIME
14 : 00 15 : 00
20 : 00 21 : 00
6 : 30
7 : 00
1 8 0 MIN.
PROG.
FGH
AAB
IJK
BLANK TIME
Storing, searching and deleting
programme information (Smart Search
Plus)
3 0 MIN.
SELECT :
SET
: OK
SAVE : SMART SEARCH
You can store programme information, such as the recording date and time, and
programme position, for a maximum of four tapes. You can select a programme and
start playback, by recalling the information directly from the Smart Search Plus
screen.
Tips
• You can store information for up to 24 programmes on a single list.
• While recording, you can display the SMART SEARCH screen using the SMART
SEARCH button. If you decide to stop recording, press MENU to make the
SMART SEARCH screen disappear first. Then press x STOP.
• You can have the player recall the data of the last cassette used to record
programmes even after you eject the tape (page 78).
Storing the programme information
The unit will not memorize the memory bank number for each cassette. Note the
number you assigned to each cassette.
Before you start...
• Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.
• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.
1 Insert a cassette for recording.
The VCR automatically turns on.
2 Press SMART SEARCH.
The SMART SEARCH -RECALL-screen
appears.
RECALL is highlighted and the data for
the last cassette used to record
programmes appears.
3
C
Press </, to select a memory bank
number.
Note the memory bank number on the
cassette.
To cancel the process, press SMART
SEARCH.
Recording the programme “D” over the programme “A” and “B”
A
D
SMART SEARCH -RECALLRECALL
1
DATE
29 . 9
30 . 9
1 . 10
TIME
14 : 00 15 : 00
20 : 00 21 : 00
6 : 30
7 : 00
2
3
4
PROG.
FGH
AAB
IJK
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : SMART SEARCH
Originally recorded programmes
B
Additional Operations
You can store programme information for a maximum of four tapes. Before recording
a programme, select a memory bank number from the list on the SMART SEARCH
screen.
Notes
• You cannot use this function unless the clock is set.
• Depending on the tape, the total or remaining time may not appear correctly.
• If many short programmes are recorded on a tape, multiple programmes may be
included in a single block. In this case, only the latest programme information will
appear in the SMART SEARCH screen.
• Blank time is measured from the end of the last recorded programme to the end of
the tape. However, if you eject the tape and then make a new recording on the
same tape, the original recorded programme(s) is displayed as a blank space.
• The station name* may not appear if the VCR does not receive station name
information signals.
• If you start recording a programme “D” from the middle of a previously recorded
programme “A” and into another previously recorded programme “B,” the Smart
Search information for the second programme “B,” which is recorded over, is
deleted.
A
73
C
SMART SEARCH -RECALLRECALL
DATE
1
2
TIME
3
4
PROG.
NO DATA
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : SMART SEARCH
4
5 Start recording.
Press OK.
* not available on SLV-SE610N/K
74
The information about the recorded programme will be stored on the
selected memory number.
continued
Storing, searching and deleting programme information (Smart Search Plus)
Searching using the Smart Search function
1-18
75
Searching for programme information stored on the memory bank
number
To assign a memory number after recording
After recording a programme, you can store the programme information as a new
memory before ejecting the cassette. However, you cannot add the memory on the
existed memory bank number. To store the memory as additional, select the memory
bank number before.
1 Press ?/1 to turn on the VCR.
2 Press SMART SEARCH.
You can start playback of the recorded programme after call the programme
information from the four memory bank numbers.
Before you start...
• Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.
1 Insert the cassette for which you want to use the memory bank number.
SMART SEARCH
DATE
29 . 9
30 . 9
1 . 10
1 8 0 MIN.
TIME
PROG.
14 : 00 15 : 00
FGH
AAB
20 : 00 21 : 00
IJK
6 : 30
7 : 00
The VCR automatically turns on.
2 Press SMART SEARCH.
BLANK TIME
The SMART SEARCH -RECALLscreen appears.
3 0 MIN.
RECALL
1
DATE
2 . 10
4 . 10
2
3
4
TIME
18 : 00 19 : 00
21 : 30 23 : 00
PROG.
CDE
I JK
SAVE : SMART SEARCH
3
Press SMART SEARCH again.
The SMART SEARCH -SAVE- screen
appears.
SMART SEARCH -SAVE2
SELECT :
SET
: OK
CANCEL
1
DATE
29 . 9
30 . 9
1 . 10
TIME
14 : 00 15 : 00
20 : 00 21 : 00
6 : 30
7 : 00
3
4
EXIT : SMART SEARCH
PROG.
FGH
AAB
IJK
3
The programme information contained in
the selected memory bank number
appears.
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : SMART SEARCH
</, to select a memory bank
4 Press
number.
Select the memory bank number with no
information or the memory bank number
to be deleted.
To cancel the process, select CANCEL.
SMART SEARCH -SAVECANCEL
1
2
3
DATE
29 . 9
30 . 9
1 . 10
TIME
14 : 00 15 : 00
20 : 00 21 : 00
6 : 30
7 : 00
4
PROG.
FGH
AAB
IJK
4
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : SMART SEARCH
5
Press </, to select the memory bank
number for the inserted cassette.
When you selected wrong memory bank
number, eject the cassette and repeat
steps from step 1.
Press OK.
The selected memory bank number
appears on the SMART SEARCH screen.
SMART SEARCH -RECALLRECALL
1
DATE
29 . 9
30 . 9
1 . 10
TIME
14 : 00 15 : 00
20 : 00 21 : 00
6 : 30
7 : 00
To exit the SMART SEARCH screen
Press SMART SEARCH.
3
4
PROG.
FGH
AAB
IJK
SELECT :
SET
: OK
ERASE : CLEAR
EXIT : SMART SEARCH
Memory bank number
SMART SEARCH
DATE
29 . 9
30 . 9
1 . 10
Press OK.
2
Additional Operations
SELECT :
SET
: OK
SMART SEARCH -RECALL-
TIME
14 : 00 15 : 00
20 : 00 21 : 00
6 : 30
7 : 00
1 8 0 MIN. 2
PROG.
FGH
AAB
IJK
BLANK TIME
3 0 MIN.
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : SMART SEARCH
5 Press M/m/</, to select the programme you want to start viewing.
6 Press OK.
Note
• If you select a number that is already contains programmes, the old programme
information is cleared and the new programme information is stored.
The VCR starts searching, and playback starts automatically from the
beginning of the selected programme.
To stop searching
Press x STOP.
76
continued
Storing, searching and deleting programme information (Smart Search Plus)
Storing, searching and deleting programme information (Smart Search Plus)
3 Press CLEAR.
To exit the SMART SEARCH screen
Press SMART SEARCH.
The programme information is deleted.
SMART SEARCH -RECALLRECALL
DATE
Recalling the most recent programme information
Programme information that is not saved in one of the memory bank
numbers is erased when the cassette is ejected. The RECALL memory bank
will temporarily memorize the programme information of the last tape used
for recording in case that it is accidentally ejected.
2
TIME
3
4
PROG.
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : SMART SEARCH
4 Press SMART SEARCH.
The SMART SEARCH screen disappears.
Note
• You cannot use or return the deleted information.
The Smart Search Plus function has a Demonstration Mode that allows the user, such
as a salesperson, to automatically display the Smart Search Plus screens.
To activate the Demonstration Mode
While the VCR is turned on, press and hold the both x (stop) and A (eject)
buttons on the VCR for a few seconds. The demonstration will start and the
four kinds of Smart Search Plus screens will be displayed repeatedly. If you
operate the VCR, the Demonstration Mode temporarily stops. After about
five minutes, the demonstration will restart.
Note
• When you insert the cassette whose information does not exist on the memory
bank number, you cannot search the recorded programme.
Deleting the programme information
You can delete the programme information stored in a memory number.
Additional Operations
About the Demonstration Mode
If you want to erase the latest information in the RECALL memory bank,
press the SMART SEARCH button instead of the OK button in step 3 and
then close the SMART SEARCH screen. The new information will replace
all of the current information in the RECALL memory bank.
To cancel the Demonstration Mode
While the VCR is turned off, press and hold the both x (stop) and A (eject)
buttons on the VCR for a few seconds. You can also cancel the
Demonstration Mode if you turn the power off and unplug the mains lead.
Before you start...
• Turn on your TV and the VCR.
• Set the TV to the video channel.
The SMART SEARCH -RECALLscreen appears.
1
NO DATA
If you re-insert the cassette in step 1 that you accidentally ejected and then
select RECALL in step 3, the data for the last tape used to record
programmes appears. Press OK and the latest information will appear on the
SMART SEARCH screen. You can then add new information to this
programme list. For an explanation about viewing programme information
without using one of the memory banks, see page 73.
1 Press SMART SEARCH.
77
SMART SEARCH -RECALLRECALL
DATE
2 . 10
4 . 10
1
2
3
TIME
18 : 00 19 : 00
21 : 30 23 : 00
4
PROG.
CDE
IJK
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : SMART SEARCH
2
Press </, to select the memory bank
number to delete.
The programme information on the
selected memory bank number appears.
Check the information that you want to
delete.
SMART SEARCH -RECALLRECALL
1
DATE
29 . 9
30 . 9
1 . 10
TIME
14 : 00 15 : 00
20 : 00 21 : 00
6 : 30
7 : 00
2
3
4
PROG.
FGH
AAB
IJK
SELECT :
SET
: OK
ERASE : CLEAR
EXIT : SMART SEARCH
78
Storing, searching and deleting programme information (Smart Search Plus)
Storing, searching and deleting programme information (Smart Search Plus)
1-19
79
Searching using the index function
Adjusting the picture
Adjusting the tracking
The VCR automatically marks the tape with an index signal at the point where each
recording begins. Use these signals as references to find a specific recording.
Although the VCR automatically adjusts the
tracking when playing a tape (the
indicator flashes in the display window, then
turns off), distortion may occur if the
recording is in poor condition. In this case,
manually adjust the tracking.
1 Insert an indexed tape into the VCR.
2 Press ./> INDEX SEARCH.
• To search ahead, press > INDEX
SEARCH.
• To search backwards, press .
INDEX SEARCH.
INDEX
SEARCH
TRACKING
The VCR starts searching, and playback
starts automatically from that point.
About the Reality Regenerator (RR) function
To stop searching
Press x STOP.
The Reality Regenerator function automatically restores the picture to its
original quality during playback.
Notes
• No index signal will be added when recording starts from recording pause.
However, an index signal will be marked if you change the programme position
during recording pause.
• When you press . INDEX SEARCH, if there is nothing recorded before the
selected index signal, playback may not start exactly at the index signal.
To use the Reality Regenerator function
1 Press MENU, then select OPTIONS and press OK.
2 Press M/m to highlight OPTIONS-2, then press OK.
Press M/m to highlight RR, then press
3 OK.
Additional Operations
During playback, press PROGRAM +/– on
the VCR to display the tracking meter. The
Tracking meter
distortion should disappear as you press one
of the two buttons (the indicator lights up).
To resume automatic tracking adjustments, eject the tape and re-insert it.
OPTIONS - 2
DECODER / LINE3
TIMER OPTIONS
POWER SAVE
TV DIRECT REC
RR
RETURN
DECODER
VARIABLE
OFF
NORMAL
HIGH
OFF
SELECT
:
CONFIRM : OK
EXIT : MENU
4
Press M/m to set RR to NORMAL or HIGH, then press OK.
The RR indicator lights up in the display window.
5 Press MENU to return to the original screen.
To turn it off, select OFF in step 4. The RR indicator turns off in the display
window.
80
continued
Adjusting the picture
Searching using the index function
81
About the Optimum Picture Control (OPC) function
The Optimum Picture Control (OPC)
function automatically improves recording
and playback quality by adjusting the VCR to
the condition of the video heads and tape. To
maintain better picture quality, we
recommend that you set OPC to ON in the
OPTIONS-1 menu (the OPC indicator lights
up in the display window). For details, see
page 84.
Reducing the VCR’s power consumption
OPTIONS - 1
OPC
EDIT
AUDIO MIX
HIFI AUDIO
AUTO LONG PLAY
TAPE LENGTH
COLOUR SYSTEM
RETURN
ON
OFF
OFF
NICAM
OFF
E1 8 0
AUTO
You can turn off the indicators in the display window when the VCR is off (standby
mode) to reduce the VCR’s power consumption.
1 Press MENU, then select OPTIONS and press OK.
2 Press M/m to highlight OPTIONS-2, then press OK.
Press M/m to select POWER SAVE, then
3 press
OK.
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
OPTIONS - 2
OPC playback
The OPC function automatically works on all types of tapes, including rental
tapes and tapes that were not recorded with OPC.
DECODER / LINE3
TIMER OPTIONS
POWER SAVE
TV DIRECT REC
RR
RETURN
FULL
PARTIAL
OFF
SELECT
:
CONFIRM : OK
EXIT : MENU
4 Press M/m to highlight the option, then press OK.
For SLV-SE710N/K, SX710N/K, and SE810N/K:
To deactivate the OPC function
Set OPC to OFF in the OPTIONS-1 menu. The OPC indicator in the display
window turns off.
• FULL to reduce the power consumption to a minimum.
• PARTIAL to reduce the power consumption.
For SLV-SE610N/K:
Tip
• To set tracking to the centre position, press the PROGRAM + and – buttons on the
VCR at the same time.
• ON to reduce the power consumption to a minimum.
5 Press MENU to return to the original screen.
Notes
• You can adjust the tracking for an NTSC-recorded tape but the tracking meter
won’t be displayed.
• With the Auto Long Play function on, the OPC function will work only in SP
mode. If the tape speed automatically switches from SP to LP, the OPC function
turns off. If, however, the entire programme is recorded in LP mode, the OPC
function will work.
• There is a delay of about ten seconds before the VCR actually starts recording
while the VCR analyses the tape. To avoid the delay, first set the VCR to recording
pause (the OPC indicator flashes slowly) and press z REC to have the VCR
analyse the tape (the OPC indicator flashes rapidly) and return to recording pause.
After the OPC indicator stops flashing, press X PAUSE to start recording
immediately.
If you want to start recording quickly without using the OPC function, first set the
VCR to recording pause (the OPC indicator flashes slowly) and press X PAUSE
again to start recording.
82
Additional Operations
OPC recording
Whenever you insert a tape and start recording for the first time, the VCR
adjusts to the tape using the OPC function (the OPC indicator flashes
rapidly). This adjustment is retained until the tape is ejected.
DECODER
To turn on the indicators in the display window
Set POWER SAVE to OFF in step 4.
Notes
• When the VCR stands by for recording, the indicators in the display window
remain lit even when POWER SAVE is set to FULL, PARTIAL, or ON.
• If POWER SAVE is set to FULL*, you cannot watch or record programmes from
your Canal Plus decoder, satellite, or digital tuner during standby mode (page 86).
* not available on SLV-SE610N/K
Adjusting the picture
Reducing the VCR’s power consumption
1-20
83
Changing menu options
MENU, then select OPTIONS and
1 Press
press OK.
AUTO LONG PLAY • ON to change the timer recording tape speed
automatically to the LP mode when the remaining tape
length becomes shorter than the recording time. Note
that for AUTO LONG PLAY to work correctly, the
TAPE LENGTH setting must be accurate.
• OFF to keep the set tape speed.
EXIT : MENU
OPTIONS - 1
OPTIONS - 2
EXIT : MENU
DECODER / LINE3
TIMER OPTIONS
POWER SAVE
TV DIRECT REC
RR
RETURN
•
•
•
•
COLOUR SYSTEM
• AUTO to set the colour system automatically.
• PAL to play back a tape recorded in the PAL colour
system.
• MESECAM to play back a tape recorded in the
MESECAM colour system.
If you press Z EJECT or turn the VCR off, COLOUR
SYSTEM will be reset to AUTO.
SELECT :
SET
: OK
EXIT : MENU
3 Press M/m to select the option, then press OK.
4 Press M/m to change the setting, then press OK.
5 Press MENU to return to the original screen.
OPTIONS-2
Menu choices
Initial settings are indicated in bold print.
Menu option
Set this option to
DECODER/
LINE2*2
• DECODER to use the DECODER/LINE-2 IN
connector as the Canal Plus decoder connector.
• LINE2 to use the DECODER/LINE-2 IN connector as
the line input connector.
DECODER/
LINE3*3
• DECODER to use the DECODER/LINE-3 IN
connector as the Canal Plus decoder connector.
• LINE3 to use the DECODER/LINE-3 IN connector as
the line input connector.
TIMER OPTIONS*4
• VARIABLE to display the TIMER METHOD menu for
selecting STANDARD or SHOWVIEW when pressing
the
TIMER button.
• STANDARD to display the TIMER menu when pressing
the
TIMER button.
• SHOWVIEW to display the SHOWVIEW menu when
pressing the
TIMER button.
For details, see page 55 and 59.
OPTIONS-1
84
Menu option
Set this option to
OPC
• ON to switch on the OPC (Optimum Picture Control)
function and improve picture quality.
• OFF to switch off OPC.
EDIT
• ON to minimize picture deterioration when editing.
• OFF to turn off EDIT.
AUDIO MIX
• ON to listen to the hi-fi and normal audio tracks at the
same time. The AUDIO MONITOR button will not
function.
• OFF to listen to the hi-fi and normal audio tracks
separately. Select the sound using the AUDIO
MONITOR button.
• If you press Z EJECT, AUDIO MIX will be reset to
OFF. For details, see page 72.
E180 to use an E-180 or shorter type tape.
E195 to use an E-195 type tape.
E240 to use an E-240 type tape.
E300 to use an E-300 type tape.
TAPE LENGTH
DECODER
VARIABLE
OFF
ON
NORMAL
Additional Operations
ON
OFF
OFF
NICAM
OFF
E1 8 0
AUTO
SELECT :
SET
: OK
• NICAM to record NICAM broadcasts on the hi-fi audio
track.
• STANDARD to record standard sound on the hi-fi audio
track.
For details, see page 70.
OPTIONS - 1
OPTIONS - 2
RETURN
Press M/m to highlight OPTIONS-1 or OPTIONS-2, then press OK.
OPC
EDIT
AUDIO MIX
HIFI AUDIO
AUTO LONG PLAY
TAPE LENGTH
COLOUR SYSTEM
RETURN
Set this option to
HIFI AUDIO*1
OPTIONS
SELECT :
SET
: OK
2
Menu option
continued
Changing menu options
Changing menu options
85
Editing
Menu option
Set this option to
POWER SAVE*4
• FULL to turn off the indicators in the display window
during standby mode to reduce the VCR’s power
consumption to a minimum. For using the Line Through
function (page 18) or the decoder (page 39), select
PARTIAL or OFF.
• PARTIAL to turn off the indicators in the display
window to conserve the VCR’s power.
• OFF to turn on the indicators in the display window
while the VCR is standing by.
• ON to turn off the indicators in the display window
during standby mode to reduce the VCR’s power
consumption to a minimum.
• OFF to turn on the indicators in the display window
while the VCR is standing by.
TV DIRECT REC*4
• ON to activate the TV Direct Rec function.
• OFF to deactivate it.
RR
• NORMAL for normal everyday use.
• HIGH for well-used video tapes such as rented tapes.
Select this option when NORMAL does not improve the
picture quality.
• OFF to switch off the Reality Regenerator function.
How to connect to record on this VCR
Connect the line outputs of the other VCR to the LINE IN connector or jacks
of this VCR. Refer to the examples A through C and choose the connection
that best suits your VCR.
Example A
Your VCR (Recorder)
TV
i LINE-1 (TV)
Other VCR (Player)
Editing
POWER SAVE*5
Connecting to a VCR or stereo system
Scart
(EURO-AV)
Notes
• When the VCR stands by for recording, the indicators in the display window
remain lit even when POWER SAVE is set to FULL, PARTIAL or ON.
• With the EDIT option ON, the OPC function does not work.
VMC-2121HG Scart cable (not supplied)
: Signal flow
*1 SLV-SE610N, SE710N, SX710N, and SE810N only
*2 SLV-SE710N/K and SX710N/K only
*3 SLV-SE810N/K only
*4 not available on SLV-SE610N/K
*5 SLV-SE610N/K only
Example B
Your VCR (Recorder)
TV
t LINE-2 L o R
(open cover to connect)
LINE OUT
VMC-820HG audio/video cable (not supplied)
Other VCR (Player)
: Signal flow
86
continued
Connecting to a VCR or stereo system
Changing menu options
1-21
87
Example C
Your VCR (Recorder)
Basic editing
TV
(when recording on this VCR)
Before you start editing
DECODER/
t LINE-3 IN*1
or
DECODER/
t LINE-2 IN*2
• Turn on your TV and set it to the video
channel.
• Press INPUT SELECT to display the
connected line in the display window.
• Press SP/LP to select the tape speed, SP or LP.
• On this VCR, set EDIT to ON in the
OPTIONS-1 menu. If the other VCR has a
similar function, turn it on as well.
Other VCR (Player)
Scart
(EURO-AV)
z REC
X
: Signal flow
How to connect to a stereo system
(SLV-SE810N/K only)
Editing
a source tape with its safety tab removed into the other (playback)
1 Insert
VCR. Search for the point to start playback and set it to playback pause.
a tape with its safety tab in place into this (recording) VCR.
2 Insert
Search for the point to start recording and press X (pause).
Press z REC on this VCR to set it to recording pause.
3
start editing, press the X (pause) buttons on both VCRs at the same
4 To
time.
VMC-2121HG Scart cable (not supplied)
To stop editing
Press the x (stop) buttons on both VCRs.
Connect the t LINE-2 L o R jacks on this VCR to the audio output jacks
on the stereo system, using the RK-C510HG audio cable (not supplied).
Tip
• To cut out unwanted scenes while editing, press X (pause) on this VCR when an
unwanted scene begins. When it ends, press X (pause) again to resume recording.
Notes
• Make sure you connect the plugs to jacks of the same colour.*1
• If the other VCR is a monaural type, leave the red plugs unconnected.
• If you connect this VCR to both the LINE IN and LINE OUT jacks of the other
VCR, select the input correctly to prevent a humming noise.
• If the other VCR does not have a Scart (EURO-AV) connector, use the VMC2106HG cable instead and connect the cable to the line out jacks of the other VCR.
• When you connect another VCR to the DECODER/LINE-3 IN*1 (or DECODER/
LINE-2 IN*2) connector, set DECODER/LINE3*1 (or DECODER/LINE2*2) to
LINE3*1 (or LINE2*2) in the OPTIONS-2 menu.
Note
• If you start editing following the procedure above, the VCR won’t start recording
with the OPC function. To record a tape with the OPC function, press z REC
again during recording pause in step 3 so the VCR analyses the tape. Then, press
X (pause) after the OPC indicator stops flashing to start recording. If you press X
(pause) before the OPC indicator stops flashing, the OPC function is cancelled.
*1 SLV-SE810N/K only
*2 SLV-SE710N/K and SX710N/K only
88
Connecting to a VCR or stereo system
Basic editing
Audio dubbing
(SLV-SE810N/K only)
This feature lets you record over the
normal audio track. The monaural
sound previously recorded is replaced
while the original hi-fi sound remains
unchanged. Use this feature to add
commentary to a tape that you have
recorded with a camcorder.
AUDIO DUB
t LINE-2 L o R
X
Before you start...
• Open the t LINE-2 L o R jacks cover on the front panel and connect a playback source.
• Turn on the TV and set it to the video channel.
a source tape into your stereo system (or the playback VCR).
1 Insert
Search for the point to start playback and set it to playback pause.
a prerecorded tape with its safety tab in place into this (recording)
2 Insert
VCR. Search for the start of the section to be replaced and press
X (pause).
The VCR enters pause mode.
3 Press AUDIO DUB.
4
The programme position changes to “L2,” and the indicator appears in
the display window.
To start editing, press the X (pause) buttons on this VCR and the stereo
system (or other VCR) at the same time.
After you use this feature, the audio in playback mode is automatically
set to monaural.
To stop editing
Press x (stop) on this VCR and the stereo system (or other VCR).
To listen to both the hi-fi and normal audio
Set AUDIO MIX to ON in the OPTIONS-1 menu (page 84). Use this feature
to listen to dubbed audio over the original hi-fi audio. When AUDIO MIX is
set to ON, the AUDIO MONITOR button does not function.
Remember to reset AUDIO MIX to OFF after playing the tape.
Note
• If you eject the tape or turn the VCR off, AUDIO MIX is automatically set to OFF.
90
Audio dubbing (SLV-SE810N/K only)
1-22
1-22E
89
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
SECTION 2
DISASSEMBLY
Note: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.
2-1. UPPER CASE REMOVAL
1 Two screws
(Case3 TP2)
2-3. POWER BLOCK (SRV938EK) REMOVAL
3 Upper case
2 Connector
(CN201)
1 Connector
(CN202)
3 Three screws
(B3)
2 Two screws
(Case3 TP2)
5 Power block
(SRV938EK)
4 Claw
2-4. FRONT PANEL SECTION REMOVAL
2-2. REAR PANEL REMOVAL
5 Two claws
(EXCEPT SE610: A, G, K, N)
6 Two claws
(SE610: A, G, K, N)
8 Rear panel
4 Two claws
(EXCEPT SE610)
1 Power cord
(CN101)
7 Two claws
2 Connector (CN501)
(SE810/SX810/X9)
1 Flat cable (FDS-9/10)
(CN461)
5 Two claws
2 Harness
4 Two claws
3 Two claws
3 Two claws
6 Front panel section
2-1
2-5. MECHANISM DECK REMOVAL
3 Flat cable
(FFM-001)
2 Flexible board
4 Flat cable (FAC-8)
(ACE head)
1 Connector
8 Screw
(FE head)
7 Screw
(BVTP3 × 12)
(BVTP3 × 12)
6 Claw
0 Mechanism
deck
9 Screw
(BVTP3 × 12)
5 Screw
(B3)
Note: When mounting the mechanism deck,
first align mark on the rotary switch.
2-6. MA-400 BOARD REMOVAL
3 Four screws
(B3)
4 MA-400 board
2 Connector (CN201)
1 Connector
(CN202)
2-2
2-7. INTERNAL VIEWS
Drum assembly (M901) (DZH-0B5A-R)
1-772-364-11 (EXCEPT SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
Drum assembly (M901) (DZH-0B6A-R)
1-772-365-11 (SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
FE head
1-500-471-11
Q101
Tape end sensor
8-729-043-84
Q100
Tape top sensor
8-729-043-84
D100
Tape top/end LED
8-719-048-26
Drum assembly (M901) (DZH-0B5A-R)
1-772-364-11 (EXCEPT SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
Drum assembly (M901) (DZH-0B6A-R)
1-772-365-11 (SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
M902
Capstan motor
1-698-971-11
M903
Cam motor assembly
X-3947-577-1
2-3
2-8. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
MA-400
VIDEO, AUDIO, I/O,
SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL,
TUNER, MODE CONTROL
)
(
POWER BLOCK
(SRV938EK)
(POWER SUPPLY)
JK-201
(SE810/SX810/X9)
(FRONT IN)
DS-95
(MODE CONTROL)
2-4
2-4E
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
SECTION 3
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM
MA-400 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-9 to 4-26)
EXCEPT SE610
IC201
IC162 (1/2)
(1/2)
Y/C
PROCESSOR
B
G
R
OSD
L OUT
R OUT
V IN
EXCEPT SE610: A, G, K, N
A (R) OUT
AV LINK
AV CONT
JK-201 BOARD (1/2)
(SEE PAGE 4-27)
FRONT VIDEO
V OUT
IC850
A (L) OUT
VPS/
PDC
SE610B/SE710B/SX710B/SE810B/
X9B
IC970
A (R) OUT
Q871 – Q873
SAT
CIRCUIT
19
3
1
10
8
IN
AERIAL
SP
CH1
SP
CH2
EXCEPT SE610
Q VD, C ROT
IIC DATA
IIC CLK
RF SWP
RF ENV
LP
CH1
LP
CH2
D FG
DRUM
FG
M902
CAPSTAN MOTOR
CAP VS, CAP RVS
M
CAP FG
CAPSTAN
FG
AFT
CTL IN+, CTL IN–
Q501, 502
AV
CONT
VIDEO
HEAD
DRUM
PG
TU SW1
NICAM DATA,
NICAM CLK
EXCEPT SE610
TU VIDEO
D PG
TU702/703
EXCEPT
SE610: A, G, K, N
22
AV CONT
Q800 – Q804
AV
LINK
AV LINK I/O
SERVO/SYSTEM
CONTROL
MODE1 – 4
6
AF ENV
T SENS
MOD A
AF SWP, AF REC P
S SENS
IC161
Q100
S SENS
Q102
EEPROM
T/S LED
EXCEPT
SE610: A, G, K, N
27
23
IC160
A (L)
POWER
FAIL DET
RESET
PULSE GEN
A (R)
SE810/SX810/X9
LED
DRIVE
FLD DATA, FLD CLOCK, FLD CS
FR (R)
SRV938EK BOARD
ND420
FL
DRIVER
FLUORESCENT
INDICATOR
TUBE
REC PRF
(SEE PAGE 4-33)
DS-95 BOARD
(SEE PAGE 4-27)
+38V
FUNC KEY 1
+13V
IC201 (2/2)
IC351
HEAD
SWITCH
T350, Q351
BIAS
ERASE
OSC
SE810/SX810/X9
FUNCTION
KEY
FUNCTION
KEY
FUNC KEY 2
FILTER
NORMAL
AUDIO
PROCESSOR
SWITCHING
REG
SW+5V
DMS +/–
DUAL
MODE
SHUTTLE
D+6V
MTR+12V
JS350 EXCEPT SE810/SX810/X9
+F
T390, Q392
FULL
ERASE
OSC
FULL
ERASE
HEAD
IC420
S101
(REC PROOF)
NORMAL OUT
NORMAL IN
(SEE PAGE 4-27)
FR (L)
AUDIO
ERASE
HEAD
IC460
REMOTE
CONTROL
RECEIVER
REMOCON
FULL ERS
JK-201 BOARD
(2/2)
MONO
AUDIO
HEAD
D100
(T/S LED)
Q101
T SENS
AF SWP, AF REC P
A (R)
2
SW12V
PH101
S REEL
AF ENV
E2 L
E2 R
TU L
TU R
TU M
A (L)
M903
CAM
MOTOR
S REEL FG
L1 (L)
L1 (R)
CH2
M
PH100
T REEL
IIC DATA
IIC CLK
IC301
Hi-Fi
AUDIO
PROCESSOR
CAM+/ –
CAM
ENCODER
T REEL FG
SECAM ON
CH1
CAM
MOTOR
DRIVE
S100
CAM
IIC DATA
IIC CLK
RF SWP
RF ENV
CTL
HEAD
IC130
Q VD, C ROT
SECAM DET
Hi-Fi
AUDIO HEAD
M
TU SW2
40
24
SAT CONT
OUT
IIC DATA
IIC CLK
SECAM
PROCESSOR
D VS
X9 : B, D, E, G
V OUT
A (L) OUT
SE810/SX810/X9
M901
DRUM MOTOR
IC162 (2/2)
IIC DATA
IIC CLK
G
B
TU VIDEO
TU L
TU R
TU M
28
32
36
41
V IN
R
MOD V
MOD A
20
15
11
7
S410
DIAL TIMER
–F
–11V
KKP +/–
SE810/SX810/X9
05
3-1
3-2
SE810/SX810/X9
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
3-2. VIDEO BLOCK DIAGRAM
MA-400 BOARD (1/5)
(SEE PAGE 4-9, 11, 15, 19)
FROM AV LINK
Q540
SERVO/SYSTEM
CONTROL
(SEE PAGE 3-6)
47
EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N/
SE710 : G, I/SE810G/
X9G
IC201 wg PB
CLP
49
CLP
52
CLP
54
CLP
56
CLP
58
59
CHABA
INS
6dB AMP
1
LPF
YNR
45
43
BUFFER
Q975, 976
SWITCH
PB-H 44
R
SYNC
SEP
Q970
4.43MHz BELL
FLTER
1H/2H
DL
INV
PIC
P CONT
IC970
96
AMP
PB
5
Q973
P R
Y/C
MIX
6
2.1 Vp-p (H)
OSD
1H
DL
CLP
CN260
(1/2)
VIDEO
HEAD
SECAM PROCESSOR
26
27
21
LPF
R
PB
SP
CH2
4
94
ENV
DET
R
R
89
3
LP
CH1
PB
2
C
LPF
P
COMP
P
P
AGC
AMP
BACK UP
AMP
SUB
COMV.
PB
MAIN
COMV.
SECAM
DET
DL
EQ
BPF1
BPF2
1
FM
AGC
HA
CONT
IC201 og REC
PB
EQ
P
IC201 yk REC/PB
DEM
REC
95
P
4.5 Vp-p (H)
R
90
74
AGC
ENV DET
C SYNC
P
REC
APC
VXO2
27
R
SYNC
GATE
REC
LIM
CONTROL
LOGIC
X200
4.433619MHz
AFC
REC
PB
TO MUTE
28
15
FILTER ADJ
2.2MHz
BPF
4.43MHz
VCO
1.1MHz
OSC
X2
REC
MUTE
REC
SYNC
GATE
1/4
PB
AGC
AMP
AGC
DET
B
PB
PB
REC
1.1MHz
BPF
Fo
ADJ
76
4.43MHz
BPF-B
420 mVp-p (H)
84 68
82
REC
EQ
81
FM
MOD
B
IC201 is REC/PB
HA SWP
+
REC
REC
BGA
IC201 wa REC
KIL
ATT
3.8 Vp-p (H)
B
16
REC/
PB
4.43MHz
BPF-A
X2
PA
17
PB
MUTE
TO PB AGC
TO REC KILLER
MODE
CTL
PB
BGA-B
PB
BGA-A
AGC
DET
Fo
ADJ
BGP
GEN
SUB
LPF
PB
REC
R
SUB
BUF
DOUBLE
LIM
4.43MHz
VCO
TO MUTE
TO SYNC GATE
SYNC GATE GEN/
V-SEP
91
LP
CH2
IC162 th, ya, yf REC/PB
BUFFER
IC162 (1/3)
R
P
SE810/SX810/X9
SP
CH1
: SE610 : B, E/SE710/SX710/SX717
B
CN480
(1/2)
1
: SE810/SX810/X9
DECODER/LINE 2 IN
64 C V IN
BUFFER
FBC 1/2
1 Vp-p (H)
CN501
(1/2)
OSD V 61
OUT
56 OSD V IN
Q661
25
BPF
DECODER/LINE 3 IN
Q660
65
NAP
40
VA
FRONT VIDEO
VIDEO
R
V OUT
REC: 360 mVp-p (H)
PB: 450 mVp-p (H)
6dB
AMP
KIL
B.D
EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N
CN570
BUFFER
+
(SEE PAGE 4-27)
EXCEPT SE610
IC201 rg REC/PB
460 mVp-p (H)
61
P
JK-201 BOARD (1/2)
LINE 2
IN
69
SERIAL
DECODER
6dB AMP
IC201 ts REC/PB
70
EXCEPT
SE610 : A, G, K, N/
SE710 : G, I/
SE810G/
X9G
Q541
IC850
VPS/PDC
Q VD
VIDEO
AGC
63
J481(1/2)
Q VD
TUNER
(SEE PAGE 3-9)
MOD V
17 CVBS
5 SDA
4 SCL
IIC DATA
IIC CLK
67
TUNER VIDEO
CN500 (1/4) : SE610: A, G, K, N
CN570 (1/4) : EXCEPT SE610: A, G, K, N
CN500/CN570
LINE 1
(TV)
VA
SE610 : B, E
/SE710/SX710/SX717
IC201 (1/2)
VIDEO INPUT SELECT
Y/C PROCESSOR
CCD DELAY
+
: SE810/SX810/X9
DECODER/LINE 2 IN
BUFFER
C + DET
TUNER
(SEE PAGE 3-10)
19
CA
CN570
DECODER/LINE 3 IN
V OUT
Q850
SERVO/SYSTEM
CONTROL
(SEE PAGE 3-6)
I CONT
B
G
R
I
C + DET
V IN
CN500 (2/4) : SE610 : A, G, K, N
CN570 (2/4) : EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N
Q510
BUFFER
TO AV LINK
EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N
28
32
36
37
29
41
2 Vp-p (H)
CA
CN500/CN570
LINE 1
(TV)
2.1 Vp-p (H)
AV CONT
Q800-804
AV
LINK
AV CONT
AV LINK
V IN
I
R
G
B
IC201 yg REC
EXCEPT SE610
Q501, 502
AV
CONT
8
10
20
16
15
11
7
IC201 yg PB
MAIN
EMPH.
N.L.
EMPH.
DETAIL
ENH
1
CLP
IC201 uh REC
2
8
IC201 uh PB
9
11
13
IC201 wj REC/PB
Q201
CN262
REC: 500 mVp-p (H)
PB: 380 mVp-p (H)
1
CHECK
2
5
6
IC201 us REC/PB
PB RF
21
RF SWP
RF SWP
72
COMP
OUT
83
BUFFER
C ROT
73
560 mVp-p (H)
SW 5V
620 mVp-p (H)
480 mVp-p (4.433619 MHz)
Q972
ADJ SW
Q974
CTL
BUFFER
5 Vp-p (2 V)
Q140
C ROT
RF ENV
COMP OUT
IC201 iz REC/PB
SE810/SX810/X9
HA SWP
RF SWP
CTL CHECK
ADJ SW
REC: 500 mVp-p (H)
PB: 380 mVp-p (H)
IC201 ud PB
Q977
SERVO/SYSTEM
CONTROL
(SEE PAGE 3-6)
SECAM ON
SECAM DET
1.7 Vp-p (2 V)
MODE CONTROL
(SEE PAGE 3-11)
05
3-3
3-4
SERVO/SYSTEM
CONTROL
(SEE PAGE 3-6)
SE610B/SE710B/SX710B
SE810B/X9B
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
3-3. SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM
MA-400 BOARD (2/5) (SEE PAGE 4-15)
MTR12V
CN101
VCC
5
4
4
RESET 52
6
P FAIL 78
8
5.4 Vp-p (56 kHz)
D VS
CHECK
IC160
IC162 ul REC/PB
D110
5
OUTPUT
M
CN161
RESET 4
DATA
2
CLOCK
3
IC162 (2/3)
SERVO/SYSTEM
CONTROL
79 DRUM ERR
OUTPUT
RESET
PULSE
GEN.
POWER
FAIL
DET.
IC162 <z/m REC/PB
IC161
HALL
DEVICE
EEPROM
MATRIX
3
3
4.8 Vp-p (2 V)
D PG
107 DRUM PG
PG
M901
DRUM MOTOR
FG
2
2
D FG
106 DRUM FG
IC162 ea REC/PB
4.2 Vp-p (360 Hz)
2.7 Vp-p (17.734475 MHz)
CAP VCC SW5V
17.734475MHz IN 31
SW5V
HALL
DEVICE
CN102
7
1
6
VM
U+
VCC
UTL
V+
VW+
W-
7
1
6
5 DATA
6 CLK
IIC DATA (EEP) 45
IIC CLK (EEP) 44
IC162 <z/n REC/PB
PS120
17.734475MHz OUT 32
LIMITER
32kHz IN 34
32kHz OUT 35
IC162 i; REC/PB
X161
17.734475MHz
X160
32.768kHz
IC162 ef REC/PB
U
5
V
M902
CAPSTAN
MOTOR
5
W
2
2
CAPSTAN
FG
3
3
5.4 Vp-p (56 kHz)
CAP VS
80 CAP ERR
CAP RVS
NICAM DATA 98
NICAM CLK 97
37 CAP RVS
CAP FG
104 CAP FG
4.6 Vp-p (1 kHz)
7
112 CTL IN +
6
111 CTL IN –
NICAM DATA
NICAM CLK
TU SW1 67
SW1
TU SW2 92
SW2
TU AFT 8
IC162 <zzx REC
CN350 (1/2)
CTL
HEAD
1.8 Vp-p (32.768 kHz)
IC162 <z/v REC/PB
TUNER
(SEE PAGE 3-9)
TU AFT
SDA
SCL
5 Vp-p (2 V)
X9 : B, D, E, G
IC162 <zzz REC
Q871 – Q873
SW12V
93 T REEL
5 Vp-p (2 V)
SAT CONT
81
CTL AMP OUT
AV CONT
TO AV LINK
FROM AV LINK
114
27
83
76
SAT
CIRCUIT
D5V
J871
STB Control
(mini jack)
PH100
T REEL
94 S REEL
PH101
S REEL
10 T SENS
D5V
Q101
T SENS
D100
(T/S LED)
9 S SENS
Q100
S SENS
M
IC130
CAM
MOTOR DRIVE
CN104
100
99
19
21
IIC DATA
IIC CLK
Q VD
C ROT
RF ENV
ENV S
HA SWP
RF SWP
SECAM DET
SECAM ON
11
23
22
24
103
89
RF ENV
COMP OUT
HA SWP
RF SWP
SECAM DET
SECAM ON
S101
(REC PROOF)
IC162 wa, wf REC/PB
5.3 Vp-p (2 V)
IN2 4
S100
(CAM ENCODER)
MODE
SWITCH
MECHA
POSITION
46 CAM
10 CAM+
MODE1
MODE2
MODE3
MODE4
42
41
40
39
MODE1
MODE2
MODE3
MODE4
VIDEO
(SEE PAGE 3-3, 4)
IIC DATA
IIC CLK
43 REC PRF
2 CAM-
1
3
26 END LED
I CONT
C+ DET
SDA (VI/HF/TU/ARC/MOD/VPS)
SCL (VI/HF/TU/ARC/MOD/VPS)
Q VD
C ROT
Q102
LED
DRIVE
M903
CAM
MOTOR
I CONT 38
AV CONT IN/C+DET 71
CTL CHECK
AV CONT
TO AV LINK
FROM AV LINK
A MUTE
AF ENV
AF SWP
AF REC P
FULL ERS
74
12
25
28
29
A MUTE
AF ENV
AF SWP
AF REC P
FULL ERS
AUDIO
(SEE PAGE 3-8)
05
3-5
3-6
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
3-4. AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM
MA-400 BOARD (3/5) (SEE PAGE 4-9, 17, 19)
TUNER
(SEE PAGE 3-9)
MOD A
EXCEPT SE610
IC301
L
Hi-Fi AUDIO
PROCESSOR
R
13
MUTE
CN500 (4/4) : SE610 : A, G, K, N
CN570 (4/4) : EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N
14
Q591
16
AUDIO
HEAD
CN260 (2/2)
9
OUTPUT
SEL
37
CH1
VCO
H
36
10
PNR
L
MUTE
BRF
L
CH2
VCO
35
11
MUTE
PNR
R
3
MUTE
15
Q590
17
MUTE
LINE 1
(TV)
18
CN570
19
24
DECODER/LINE 3 IN
20
22
DECODER/LINE 2 IN
: SE810/SX810/X9
SE610 : B, E/SE710/SX710/SX717
EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N
Q592
LEVEL
DET
MUTE
CONTROL
NORMAL IN
INPUT SEL
22
A MUTE
SERVO/SYSTEM
CONTROL
(SEE PAGE 3-6)
NORMAL OUT
4
21
SCL
SDA
CHECK
CN262
HF ADJ
44 43 42
TUNER
(SEE PAGE 3-10)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1
TUNER L
TUNER R
TUNER M
CN350 (2/2)
4
IC351
HEAD
SWITCH
AUDIO
REC/PB
HEAD
2
3
AUDIO
ERASE
HEAD
4
1
T350,
Q351
BIAS
SWITCH
JS350
T390, Q392
CN351
FULL
ERASE
HEAD
Q390, 391 PS390
FULL
ERASE
JS351 OSC
1
C+12V
PB
SE810/SX810/X9
EQ
14
18
LP/SP
JK-201 BOARD (2/2)
LINE 2 IN
AUDIO
L
R
CN480
(2/2)
FA (L)
FA (R)
SW1
CN501
(2/2)
3
3
5
5
PB/EE
9
LINE 1
(TV)
6
A (L)
10
2
MUTE
6
1 HD-SW CTL
CN500/CN570
LINE
AMP
PB
17
16
(SEE PAGE 4-27)
J481(2/2)
19
PB
SE810/SX810/X9
A (R)
REC
AUTO
BIAS
12
VREF
REC
11
REC : EP/LP
PB : EP
13
IC201 (2/2)
NORMAL AUDIO
PROCESSOR
CN570
DECODER/LINE 3 IN
27
: SE810/SX810/X9
23
DECODER/LINE 2 IN
A (L)
A (R)
IIC DATA
IIC CLK
AF ENV
: SE610 : B, E/SE710/SX710/SX717
EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N
CN500 (3/4)
: SE610 : A, G, K, N
CN570 (3/4)
: EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N
AF SWP
AF REC P
FULL ERS
05
3-7
3-8
SERVO/SYSTEM
CONTROL
(SEE PAGE 3-6)
99
+
EXCEPT SE810/
SX810/X9
Q352
BIAS
ERASE
OSC
CN500/CN570
1
+
41 AF SWP
J500
AUDIO
OUT
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
3-5. TUNER BLOCK DIAGRAM
MA-400 BOARD (4/5)
(SEE PAGE 4-21)
IN
TU702
AERIAL
SDA
SCL
M OUT
R OUT
L OUT
3 5
12 11
19 20 23
28 29
21 27 26 24
V OUT
SW1
SW2
AFT
MOD A
SDA
SCL
AUDIO
(SEE PAGE 3-8)
6 2
SDA
SCL
MOD V
MOD A
VIDEO
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
MOD V
OUT
TUNER VIDEO
VIDEO
(SEE PAGE 3-3)
TUNER L
SDA
TUNER R
SCL
AUDIO
(SEE PAGE 3-7)
NICAM DAT
SERVO/SYSTEM
CONTROL
(SEE PAGE 3-6)
NICAM CLK
SW1
SW2
EXCEPT SE610G/SE710G/SE810G/X9G
R733
TUNER M
R731
3 5
12 11
19 20 23
29 30
21 28 27 24
SDA
SDA
SCL
SW1
SW2
AFT
SDA
SCL
M OUT
R OUT
L OUT
V OUT
SCL
2 6
MOD A
MOD V
TU AFT
IN
AERIAL
OUT
TU703
SE610 : E, N/SE710 : E, N, I/SE810 : E, N/SX710 : E, N/SX717E/X9E
05
3-9
3-10
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
3-6. MODE CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM
MA-400 BOARD (5/5)
(SEE PAGE 4-15, 23)
IC162 (3/3)
IC420
MODE CONTROL
FL DRIVER
FLD DATA 88
FLD CLOCK 86
FLD CS 90
7 D IN
8 CLK
9 CS
IC460
ND420
S1
ı
S16
•
S17
14
ı
29
•
31
G6
ı
G1
37
ı
42
FLUORESCENT
INDICATOR
TUBE
DS-95 BOARD
(SEE PAGE 4-27)
REMOTE CONTROL
RECEIVER
REMOCON 77
1
SE810/SX810/X9
SE810/SX810/X9
OUT
D5V
CN450
1
2
4
5
D450
JOG
CN460
JOG LED CONT 72
3
DMS+ 65
DMS– 66
FU KEY2 13
6
5
7
8
KKP– 18
KKP+ 17
FU KEY1 14
S478
S477
SYNCHRO
REC
AUTO SET UP/
RF CHANNEL
JOG LED CONT
DMS+
DMS–
A/D2 GO
A/D2 RTN
Q450
LED
DRIVE
CN451
9
PLAY
STOP
DUAL MODE
SHUTTLE
6
7
5
4
S476
PROGRAM
–
1
2
9
10
EXCEPT SE610
KKP–
KKP+
A/D1 RTN
A/D1 GO
11
10
3
2
SE810/SX810/X9
S460
CN461
4
3
A/D1 GO
A/D1 RTN
S457
S450
A
REC
z
S451
CN453
S410
DIAL TIMER
2
3
PUSH/TURN
S464
AUDIO
DUB
S463
SE810/SX810/X9
ADJ SW
PROGRAM
+
2
1
A/D2 RTN
A/D2 GO
KKP–
KKP+
KKP SW
4
5
S452
STOP
S453
PLAY
VIDEO
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
S455
S454
JOG
SE810/SX810/X9
EXCEPT SE810/SX810/X9
05
3-11
DMS1
DMS2
STOP
PLAY
3-12
S456
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
3-7. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM
MA-400 BOARD
TU702/TU703
30V
30V
BB (5V)
5V
5V
5V
MB (5V)
(SEE PAGE 4-9 to 4-26)
7 16 1 14 25 26
4
TU703
SRV938EK BOARD
(SEE PAGE 4-33)
D301
Q303-306
3
D307
4
D252
CN101
F101
L101-103
D101-104
LINE
FILTER
RECT
Q151
SWITCHING
REG
CAPSTAN VCC
3
D304
12
POWER
TRANS
13
+13V
SW+12V
12
1
13V
22 VCC
SWITCH
IC162
D750
C+12V REG
L201
L975
SW5V
Q751, 752
SW5V CONT
4
IC601
D302
SWITCH
AC IN
CAPSTAN VCC
12V
C+12V
2
SERVO/SYSTEM
CONTROL
L701
SWITCH
SWITCH
CN600
CN201
Q301, 302, 307
IC970
SECAM PROCESSOR
L751
D251
L750
T151
Q720, 721
SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B
16
91
75
82
CONT
4
Q612, 613
SWITCH
13
MODE CONT
SW5V CONT
MTR12V CONT
–11V CONT
DS-95 BOARD
(SEE PAGE 4-35)
SE810/SX810/X9
L662
D253
SW5V CONT
PS201
L202
14
PS202
55 OSD VCC
Q205
SW 5V
REG
15
16
D+6V
SW+5V
SW+5V
D606
15
Q206
SWITCH
2
OSD VCC
2
JS603
SWITCH
PC151
Q201, 204
PHOTO
INTERRUPTER
L204
L201
L202
L351
L203
L281
EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, N, K
5
SWITCH
6
9
10
11
MTR+12V
MTR+12V
P CONT M24V
P CONT M18V
P CONT M12V
5
6
PS602
Q607, 608
C+5V
SWITCH
9
L140
71
24
42
3
50
93
Y VCC
C VCC
CCD VCC
A VCC
ALWAYS 5V
H.A VCC
8
D450
JOG
115 AMP VCC
VIDEO INPUT SELECT
Y/C PROCESSOR
NORMAL AUDIO PROCESSOR
CCD DELAY
Q203
D254
4
33 VCC
116 AVCC
IC201
SE610 : A, G, N, K
16
CN460 D5V CN451
D607 L160
14
87 18V CONT
5 24V CONT
IC160
5 VCC2
L161
RESET
PULSE
GEN.
IC460
REMOTE CONTROL
RECEIVER
POWER
7 VCC1 FAIL
DET.
VCC
D603
84
10
8 VCC
11
C+/SW12V CONT
(C+5V CONT)
L460
IC161
EEPROM
IC420
FL DRIVER
13 VDD
43 VDD
30 VEE
D5V
–11V
IC351
HEAD SWITCH
IC850
IC301
VCC
1
EXCEPT
SE610
VPS/PDC
Hi-Fi AUDIO
PROCESSOR
JS301
3
ND420
FLUORESCENT
INDICATOR TUBE
19 VDD D
20 VDD A
34 VCC 12V
F+
L301
F–
40 VCC 5V
PS120
D100
(T/S LED)
1
2
PS251
–11V CONT
38V
CAPSTAN VCC
1
2
SWITCH
3
4
6
+F
–F
3
D110
4
6
CN601
05
3-13
7
M902
CAPSTAN
MOTOR
8 VCC1
9 VCC2
Q207, 210, 211
–11V
1
IC130
CAM
MOTOR DRIVE
PH100,101
T/S
REEL
CN202
CN102
SW 5V
3-14 E
CN101
MTR 12V
5
M901
DRUM
MOTOR
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
SECTION 4
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
For schematic Diagram:
• Caution when replacing chip parts.
New parts must be attached after removal of chip.
Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor,
because it is damaged by the heat.
• All resistors are in ohms, 1/4 W (Chip resistors : 1/10 W) unless otherwise specified.
kΩ : 1000 Ω, MW : 1000 kΩ.
• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF : µµF
50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and
tantalums.
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve
B, unless otherwise noted.
• 2 : nonflammable resistor.
• 5 : fusible resistor.
• C : panel designation.
•
f
: internal component.
• C : adjustment for repair.
• U : B+ Line.
• V : B– Line.
• Circled numbers refer to waveforms.
• Voltages are dc between measurement point.
• Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input.
• Readings are taken with a digital multimeter (DC 10 MW).
• Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production
tolerances.
THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR PRINTED WIRING
BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS.
(In addition to this, the necessary note is printed
in each block.)
For printed wiring board:
• X : indicates a lead wire mounted on the component
side.
• x : indicates a lead wire mounted on the printed side.
• b : Pattern from the side which enables seeing.
(The other layers’ patterns are not indicated.)
Note: The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line
with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
When indicating parts by reference
number, please include the board
name.
4-1
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
1
3
2
4
A
B
CN101
2P
AC IN
1
AC IN
2
7
AN GND
1
CN260
11P
18
OSD VCC
2
1
LP CH2 F
17
CAPSTAN VCC
3
2
LP CH1,2 S
16
CAPSTAN VCC
4
3
15
MTR 12V
5
4
14
MTR 12V
6
5
SP CH1,2 S
13
MTR GND
7
6
SP CH1 F
12
MTR GND
8
7
GND(SW)
11
P CONT M24V T
9
8
FE
AUDIO CH1 H
MA-400 BOARD
CN480
5P
E
AN GND
FRONT AU(L) IN
4
AU GND
5
FRONT AU(R) IN
4
SP CH1,2 S
5
SP CH1 F
6
GND(SW)
7
FE
8
AUDIO REC
8
13V
12
11
AUDIO CH2 L
7
SW12V T
13
6
D6V
14
5
SW5V
15
4
SW5V
16
3
AN GND
17
2
AN GND
18
AUDIO CH1 H
9
AUDIO REC
10
AUDIO CH2 L
11
LP
CH2
LP
CH1
SP
CH2
SP
CH1
AUDIO
CH1
AUDIO
CH2
FAC-9
CN350
7P
7
CTL(X)
CTL(X)
1
6
CTL(Y)
CTL(Y)
2
CTL HEAD
19
1
-11V CONT
2
38V
2
3
-11V
3
4
+F
4
5
D GND
5
6
-F
6
7
D GND
7
CN161
4P
T
1
CHECK
FRONT VIDEO IN
GND(AU)
GND(AU)
3
4
A HEAD PB
A HEAD(X)
4
A HEAD REC
A HEAD(Y)
5
4
3
CLOCK
3
2
GND(AU)
DATA
2
1
A ERASE HEAD
D GND
1
CN262
6P
CHECK
5
RESET
1
GND(AU)
6
A ERASE HEAD
7
4
3
RF SWP
2
PB RF
1
1
AUDIO
ERASE
HEAD
FE HEAD
2
N.C.
FULL ERASE(X)
1
3
GND(AU)
FULL ERASE(Y)
2
5
GND
AUDIO
REC/PB
HEAD
FE-124
CN351
3P
6
HF ADJ
CN501
5P
FRONT VIDEO IN
3
3
9
FR-82
2
LP CH1 F
SP CH2 F
10
ADJ SW
1
LP CH1 F
SP CH2 F
11
CTL
JK-201
BOARD
2
10
AC IN
SE810/SX810/X9
DRUM
LP CH1,2 S
P CONT M18V T
AN GND
11
1
P CONT M12V
1
10
LP CH2 F
9
CN601
7P
D
9
8
19
10
C
6
CN600
19P
CN600
19P
POWER
BLOCK
(SRV938EK)
5
FULL
ERASE
HEAD
FFM-001
CN101
5P
AN GND
2
1
MTR 12V
MTR 12V
1
FRONT AU(L) IN
3
2
D VS
D VS
2
AU GND
4
3
D PG
D PG
3
FRONT AU(R) IN
5
4
D FG
D FG
4
5
MTR GND
MTR GND
5
M
M901
DRUM
MOTOR
SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717
FDS-8
CN461
5P
CN453
5P
F
5
DS-95 BOARD
A/D2 RTN
A/D2 RTN
2
3
A/D1 RTN
A/D1 RTN
3
2
A/D1 GO
A/D1 GO
4
1
D GND
D GND
5
FDS-7
G
11
CN450
5P
PLAY
PLAY
5
STOP
4
COM
3
DMS 2
2
DMS 1
1
10
STOP
DUAL MODE
SHUTTLE
JOG LED CONT
8
D5V
6
H
05
KKP+
KKP+
9
7
CN460
11P
KKP-
KKP-
D5V
4
A/D2 RTN
A/D2 RTN
8
A/D1 RTN
A/D1 RTN
4
3
2
A/D1 GO
1
DGND
3
CAM(+)
3
M
M903
CAM
MOTOR
CN102
9P
1
SW 5V
1
2
CAP RVS
2
3
CAP FG
3
4
CTL-REF
4
5
CAP VS
5
6
LIMITTER
6
7
CAPSTAN VCC
7
8
MTR GND
8
9
AN GND
9
6
7
A/D2 GO
2
5
A/D2 GO
5
1
N.C.
2
3
DMS+
DMS+
CAM(-)
2
1
JOG LED CONT
DMS-
DMS-
1
1
4
CN451
11P
SE810/SX810/X9
A/D2 GO
A/D2 GO
CN104
3P
M
M902
CAPSTAN
MOTOR
9
A/D1 GO
10
DGND
11
SE810/SX810/X9
FRAME
4-3
4-4
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram.
4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MA-400 (VIDEO, AUDIO, I/O, SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL, TUNER, MODE CONTROL) PRINTED WIRING BOARD
– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –
SE610 : A, G, K, N
SE810/SX810/X9
EXCEPT SE610 : B, E/SE710/SX710/SX717
4-5
VIDEO, AUDIO, I/O, SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL, TUNER, MODE CONTROL
MA-400
4-6
MA-400 BOARD
CN101
CN102
CN104
CN161
CN260
CN262
CN350
CN461
CN460
CN500
CN501
CN570
CN600
CN601
B-3
E-2
H-4
I-11
B-9
A-5
A-6
J-1
I-1
A-11
J-12
B-11
G-1
I-1
D100
D110
D424
D500
D501
D502
D503
D504
D570
D571
D572
D573
D590
D603
D606
D607
D702
D720
D721
D750
D800
D871
D872
D873
F-6
C-2
I-13
B-10
B-12
A-11
A-11
A-12
B-11
A-12
A-11
A-5
D-9
C-2
I-2
I-11
C-13
D-12
D-12
I-13
G-6
A-3
A-2
A-2
IC130
IC160
IC161
IC162
IC201
IC301
IC351
IC420
IC460
IC601
IC850
IC970
H-4
H-11
I-12
H-9
C-7
C-9
A-7
I-6
J-4
I-12
G-13
C-4
Q100
Q101
Q102
Q140
Q201
Q202
Q351
Q352
Q390
Q391
Q392
Q501
Q502
Q510
Q540
Q541
Q590
Q591
Q592
Q607
Q608
Q612
Q613
Q660
Q661
Q720
Q721
Q751
Q752
Q800
Q801
Q802
Q803
Q804
Q850
Q871
Q872
Q873
Q970
Q972
Q973
Q974
Q975
Q976
Q977
F-10
F-1
F-5
H-7
C-6
D-7
B-7
B-7
E-10
E-10
E-10
C-11
D-11
C-11
C-11
D-11
D-10
D-10
D-10
C-2
C-2
J-12
I-12
F-8
F-9
D-12
C-12
C-12
B-12
G-6
G-6
G-6
G-6
G-6
H-12
A-2
B-2
A-2
D-4
D-4
D-4
D-4
D-3
D-4
D-4
MA-400
VIDEO, AUDIO, I/O,
SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL,
TUNER, MODE CONTROL
)
(
POWER BLOCK
(SRV938EK)
(POWER SUPPLY)
JK-201
(SE810/SX810/X9)
(FRONT IN)
DS-95
(MODE CONTROL)
4-7
• Waveforms
1 IC201 og REC
3.8 Vp-p (H)
2 IC201 wa REC
420 mVp-p (H)
3 IC201 wg PB
460 mVp-p (H)
4 IC201 wj REC/PB
480 mVp-p (4.433619 MHz)
5 IC201 rg REC/PB
REC : 360 mVp-p (H)
PB : 450 mVp-p (H)
6 IC201 ts REC/PB
1 Vp-p (H)
7 IC201 yg REC
qa IC201 ud PB
1.7 Vp-p (2 V)
qs IC201 uh REC
2 Vp-p (H)
8 IC201 yg PB
560 mVp-p (H)
qd IC201 uh PB
2.1 Vp-p (H)
9 IC201 yk REC/PB
4.5 Vp-p (H)
0 IC201 us REC/PB
5 Vp-p (2 V)
4-8
620 mVp-p (H)
qf IC201 ia REC/PB
REC : 500 mVp-p (H)
PB : 380 mVp-p (H)
qg IC201 is REC/PB
REC : 500 mVp-p (H)
PB : 380 mVp-p (H)
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
MA-400 (VIDEO, AUDIO) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board.
– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –
1
2
4
3
5
6
7
8
9
12
11
10
13
14
15
16
17
19
18
MA-400 BOARD (1/8)
A
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE
CTLCHK
B
RF_ENV
ENV_SW
JL203
C295
0.01u
6P
D[1]
JL206
L355
0
JL355
47p
C250
R232 C243
0.1u
47
L253 47nH
NC
26
27
28
29
30
50
49
48
47
46
C221
0.1u
45
SECAM_VIDEO
L202
10uH
5.1
MA-400 BOARD (3/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-13)
C215
47u
16V
C214
0.01u
C217
0.1u
9.5
C218
0.01u
1.9
38
B+
44
43
42
41
DECVOUT
C220
10u
50V
4
39
40
D[0]
5
C213
1u
50V
R205
3900
37
36
L1VOUT
C252
47p
C219
1u 50V
3.6
C212
0.01u
C211
0.01u
0.6
34
35
D[1]
REC_C
PB_C
FSC
33
2.3
PB3V
32
C201
22u
50V
5
SECAM_VIDEO
B+
4.9
C_SYNC
MA-400 BOARD (2/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-12)
SW5V
ANGND
B01
B+
25
NC
23
REC APC FILT
22
X OUT
21
2.1
20
3
MA-400 BOARD (5/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-19)
DECVIN
47p
C222 L251
1u
47nH
50V
31
1.8
AGC TC1
VIDEO IN3 LINE2
2.2
VIDEO IN4 DECODER
FBC
C226
0.47u 16V
L254 47nH
C244
0.1u
C251 47p
C245
0.033u
R233
47
L255
47nH
1.3
JL208
2.3
AGC TC2
VIDEO IN5
1.8
C230
0.1u
2.9
VPS OUT
REG 4V
R2.1/P0
VIDEO AGC IN
JL210
4.1
L1 VOUT
19
X IN
18
ACC DET
17
PB SECAM IN
15
C-VCC
14
C359
*
R354
180
L356
0
C351
22u
50V
C390
0.047u
C358 C357
0.1u 47u
16V
R0.7/
P0
L357
0
L362
0
C370
47u
Q352
BIAS SWITCH 16V
L361
0
C361
4.7u
C368
10u
50V
R359
270
SECAM_ON
B02
SECAM_DET
5.1
R362
6800
C375
0.01u
SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/
SX710B/X9B
C242
1u
50V
PB_RF
4
2.8
R203
1800
JL215
1.5
C202
0.047u
4
Q201
2PD601AR-115
BUFFER
6
3.4
X200
4.433619MHz
JL202
C204
1u
50V
R239
0
24
L201
10uH
C365
1200p
R370
820
R360 R361
330k 10k
3.3
L358
0
C367
0.01u
3.3
16
C203
0.022u
13
JL201
12
R357 R358
1200 18k
L360
0
JL354
1.8
REG2 BIAS
JL211
JL213
R220
100
4.4
2.2
2.5
QVD
Y-GND
VIDEO LINE OUT
C-SYNC
1.9
JL212
SERIAL CLOCK IN
V-VCC
SERIAL DATA IN
5.1
0.4
C232
0.1u
JL219
RF SWP
R2.8/P2
R221
0
2.5
C248 16V
47u
R219
100
R218
100
R206
470
R207
470
L204
10uH
18k
47k
R208
47k
10k
R209
R210
HA SWP
AUDIO MUTE/C ROT
C363
33u
16V
11
R201
1800
L353
0
*C359
0.047u:SE610/SE710/
SX710/SX717
0.018u:SE810/SX810/X9
K
10
FRONTVIN
D[2]
R200
0
TU_VIDEO_IN
B+
C209
0.022u
C210
1u
50V
R202
1k
C207
0.01u
SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/
SX710B/X9B
C206
47u
16V
7
AD1
50V
MA-400 BOARD (6/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-21)
B+
7
9
D[3]
C223
0.1u
L1VIN
C249
R204
8200
6
6
C205
0.1u
CTL(Y)
CTL(X)
8
X1 OUT
4
B+
B+
CTL
HEAD
5
0
R240
0
5.1
C369
1u 50V
5
7
R0.3/P3.4
4
5.1
3
SLD FILT
2
AFC/APC FILT
1
3
PB FM OUT/
SECAM C IN
NC
X1 IN
Q352
2SC1815GR-TPE2
4
GND (AU)
R211
2.3
LINE OUT
JL352
JL353
AGC2 TC2/BALANCER FILT
2
L351
100uH
A HEAD PB
FBC1
ALC DET2
2.3
C362
22u
50V
B+
3
R2/P1.7
SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/
SX710B/X9B
8
A HEAD REC
NC
PAL/MESEC DET FILT
SP HFL
4
AUDIO
REC/PB
HEAD
5
2
P/S AFC FILT
SP CH1(+)
JL351
1
GND (AU)
MAIN DEEMPHA OUT
FM AGC
R4.4/P2.1
C-GND
99
NC
1
SP CH1.2(-)
T350
7P
AERASE HEAD
J
VCO
SP CH2(+)
R3.4/P0.2
7
CN350
AUDIO
ERASE
HEAD
NC
CCD GND
H.A.VCC
L352
100uH
B+
CCD VCC
R4.4/P2.1
R231
47
L252
47nH
MA-400 BOARD (3/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-14)
CTL_X
L203
10uH
JL214
CCD Y IN
RD
C225
47u
16V
5.2
JL356
C355
47u
16V
JS351
0
R351
47
R352
*
C354
0.01u
SE810/SX810/X9
I
C353
0.01u
R2.5/
P5.1
2.1
HA PRE GND
AUDIO PB IN
96
R353
1
JS350
JL362
1
100
2
FE HEAD
5
EXCEPT SE810/SX810/X9
0
ALWAYS 5V
VIDEO IN2 LINE1
5
R4.4/P2.1
2
CTL_Y
6
IC201
LA71710M-MPB
3
FULL
ERASE
HEAD
R2.3/P5.1
3
1
GND (AU)
2
3P
6
CN351
R290
0
C288
0.01u
Q351
2SD1620-TD
BIAS ERASE OSC
H
0
97
R284
680
98
*R352
3.9k:SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717
5.6k:SE810/SX810/X9
PB3V
C224
0.01u
2.1
R3.2/P2.3
95
C298
10p
C299
10p
EP CH2(+)
EQ NFB
AUDIO CH2
EP CH1.2(-)
0.8
SECAM_DET
51
VIDEO INPUT SELECT
Y/C PROCESSOR
NORMAL AUDIO PROCESSOR
CCD DELAY
2.3
C286
0.1u
52
IC201
EP CH1(+)
0.8
A.GND
L281
100uH
94
G
0.8
EQ IN
91
B+
53
2.4
2.3
B+
AUDIO CH1
92
C285
47u 16V
54
EP HFL
EQ SW1
C297
10p
A3
55
0
R2.6/P2.3
A2
56
SE610:B,E/SE710:B,D,E,K,N/
SE810:B,D,E,K,N/SX710/SX717/
SX810/X9:B,D,E,N
7 8
C366
1500p
11
57
2.7
AUTO BIAS IN
10
AUDIO CH2 L
58
PB H
R0.5/P0.1
AUDIO REC
11
R289
0
C296
10p
59
CCD Y OUT
R2.6/P2.3
10
R283
680
A1
60
R1.3/P3.9
AUDIO REC OUT
9
61
SECAM_ON
B02
REC FM AGC2 FILT
AUTO BIAS OUT
8
AUDIO CH1 H
62
FULLERS
B01
REC FM AGC2 REF
R2.6/P2.3
FE
9
9
63
R1.8/P0
R2.3/P5.1
8
C284
0.01u
JL286
66
2
R1.4/P0
AUTO BIAS
7
67
C229
10u
50V
3.2
R0.7/P0
6
GND(SW)
68
C247
47u
16V
65
64
IICCLK
2.4
NC
SP CH1 F
7
69
10
Vref 2.3V
6
83
JL204
C282
0.022u
JL285
70
0
IICDAT
JL361
FBC2
2.3
JL284
71
5
C228
1u
10V
B+
SE810/SX810/X9
VCA DET
AUDIO IN2
JL283
11
72
5
C227
10u
50V
VIDEO IN1 TUNER
ALC DET
5
73
2.3
4
SP CH1,2 S
74
JL360
SP CH2 F
5
HA GND
NC
4
R282
2700
ENV DET
C233
47u
16V
12 13
15
A-VCC
F
3
R0/P3.1
C281
0.22u
COMP OUT
NC
SP CH1
LP CH1 F
C395
0.1u
JL282
87
3
JL281
88
1
2
89
LP CH2 F
LP CH1,2 S
0.3
90
1
2
C293
100p
R281
6800
75
REC HA IN/PB HA OUT
84
11P
93
CN260
REC EQ OUT/
PB EQ IN
76
R2.5/P2.3
85
R228
0
86
E
82
JL218
SP CH2
MA-400 BOARD (3/8)
FROM_OSD_VIDEO
(SEE PAGE 4-13)
C231
0.1u
0
77
AD HD-SW CTL
81
LP CH1
R0.4/P1.6
14
R2.7/
P3.1
78
AGC2 TC1
79
LP CH2
C240
0.01u
C236 C241
1u
220p 50V
L205
100uH
JL205
80
VIDEO PEAKING
R1.4/P1.7
R2.5/P1.6
C239
0.1u
D
R216
0
R1/P0.8
C237
1u
50V
MAIN EMPH
6
JL217
R2.3/P2.7
CTL
JL216
R217
2700
5
C238
27p
4
B+
HF ADJ
JL209
5.1
CHECK
ADJ SW
1
TO_OSD_VIDEO
4.4
R3.1/P2.3
3
REG 2.5V
GND
A_MUTE
RF_SWP
Q202
2PB709AR
-115
B+
DEC VOUT
2
EQ OUT
RF SWP
HA_SWP
D[3]
C.ROT
R214
6800
EQ SW2
1
D[2]
SE610:B,E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/
SX810/X9
JL207
2.3
C
PB RF
R212
1800
L359
0
CN262
C234
150p
D[0]
QVD
MA-400 BOARD (7/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-23)
4
6
B+
T390
B+
8
Q392
2SC4040TL2-Q
FULL ERASE
OSC
R0.4/
P0.3
JL357
2
C393
100u
16V
PS390
0.25A
R0.1/
P11.9
R5.1/
P0
C394
100p
JL253
C+12V
8
ANGND
MA-400 BOARD (8/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-26)
B+
5.1
ANGND
VIDEO SIGNAL
R3.4/P0.2
0
1
2
3
4
LINE_OUT
R369
56k
LINE_IN
HEAD SWITCH
7
6
R356
18k
Q391
PDTC144EK-115
SWITCH
CHROMA
C352
4.7u
50V
IC351
8
B+
SIGNAL PATH
R355
12k
IC351
BA7755AF-E2
R-0.3/
P0.3
R11.5/P0
R391
12
11.9
L390
1.2mH
B+
C+5V
SW5V
Q390
UN2115-QRS(TX)
SWITCH
R11.8/
P0.3
R390
27k
C392
1500p
M
B+
R392
10k
L
3
7
1
C391
0.01u
B+
B+
JS398
JL252
C374
0.1u
5
2.5
A3
A2
A1
9
MA-400 BOARD (4/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-17)
Y
Y/CHROMA
AUDIO
SIGNAL
REC
PB
AUDIO_CH2
AUDIO_REC
REC
AUDIO_CH1
AFENV
REC/PB
PB
Ref.signal
SE810/SX810/X9
05
Note: The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line
with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
VIDEO, AUDIO
4-9
4-10
MA-400 (1/8)
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
MA-400 (SECAM) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –
1
• See page 4-5 for printed wiring board.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
10
MA-400 BOARD (2/8)
A
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE
SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B
C_SYNC
SECAM_DET
SECAM_VIDEO
Q970
2PB709AR-115
4.43MHz BELL
FILTER
L975
10uH
B+
2.1
2.5
17
16
15
PB-OUT
PB-H
REC-IN
IC970
L973
47uH
SECAM PROCESSOR
C988
100p
REG
PB-IN
AGC FILTER
2.6
REC-OUT
0.8
5
5.1
C993
0.01u
PB_C
Q973
2PD601AR-115
BUFFER
R994
39k
R0.8/
P0
C983
0.001u
R969
6800
C985
100p
R990
0
C987
0.47u
50V
R999
0
R0.8/P0
5600
R985
470
REC_C
FSC
5.1
SIGNAL PATH
R3.2/
P2.3
Q974
2PD601AR-115
R996 BUFFER
39k
VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA
Y/CHROMA
REC
C986
10u 50V
SECAM
MA-400 (2/8)
4-11
R0.5/
P1.5
ANGND
R3.1/
P2
PB
05
MA-400 BOARD (1/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-10)
R0.3/
P1.2
C996
10p
JL973
JL974
IREF1
4.4
VREF1
C992
0.01u
R1.5/
P1.2
SECAM_ON
Q977
PDTC144EK-115
SWITCH
R983
27uH
680p
C982
R989
1k
5
Q972
PDTA114EK-115
SWITCH
PB_RF
R988
15k
L972
47uH
R993
33k
JL975
C991
0.1u
47k
47k
R977
R986
220p
C976
L971
0.1
JL971
JL970
2700
2.7
1.1MHz BELL
14
2.3
GND
13
2.6
1.1MHz OFFSET
12
2.6
4.3MHz OFFSET
11
0.1
BGP TIMING
10
0.4
AFC FILTER
9
R975
0
R5.1/P0.1
R0.4/P5.1
R981
27k
100k
R980
2.6
18
LIM EXC
VCC
19
IREF4
S/H C1
20
VREF4
S/H C2
2.8
8
0.022u
R997
10k
2.8
7
C974
1u
50V
C995
100u
16V
5.1
B+
6
C975
C973
C981
0.01u
5
R976
0.01u
C980
0.1u
R995
33k
C984
0.01u
R5.1/
P0.1
PB3V
4
R974
22k
R998
10k
Q976
PDTC144EK-115
SWITCH
3
R972
27k
F
21
Q975
PDTA114EK-115
SWITCH
R0.4/P5.1
2
3.6
2
R973
220k
C994
0.01u
CLK IN
MODE
1
C977
8200
10k
R979
DET C
2.6
22
R2/
P5.1
2.6
4.3MHz BELL
23
SECAM-DET
OUT
5.1
24
5.1
R982
47k
R978
C979
L970
R968 150k
25
SYNC-IN
2.7
0.1
0.4
26
R1.5/P1.2
LA7337
27
IC970
28
SYNC GATE
TIMING
0.3
E
JL972
R971
33k
D
6.8uH
R3/P2.6
R3/P2.6
C971
R970
33k
C
150p
C972
4700p
2.2u
C970
220p
2.6
B+
SW5V
0.01u
C978
4700p
50V
B
4-12
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
MA-400 (SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –
4
3
5
6
7
8
9
12
11
10
13
14
15
16
VIDEO SIGNAL
SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
REC
VPS/PDC
MTR12V
MTRGND
CAPSTANVCC
DATA
B+
2.5
5
CAP VS
6
LIMITTER
7
CAPSTAN VCC
8
MTR GND
9
AN GND
B+
C121
0.01u
JL127
JL129
C123
0.01u
Q804
PDTC144EK-115
C114
0.01u
C113
0.01u
C115
0.1u
SS086
SS106
JL115
CN101
TUSW2
IICCLK
L
14
MA-400 BOARD (6/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-21)
IICDAT
MODCONT
TUAFT
NICAMCLK
NICAMDAT
PCONT_SW5V
SS107
JL114
JL113
SS079
R114
47k
C108
1u
B+
C107
47u
16V
JL112
R115
47k
5P
MTR GND
2
D.FG
3
D.PG
4
D.VS
5
MTR 12V
JL111
M901
DRUM
MOTOR
M
SS081
D110
MPG06D-6052PKG3
SS080
SS079
R184
0
SS078
B+
R103
22k
SS077
SS072
D100
GL528V1
(T/S LED)
(AX)
(AX)
R106
39
R107
39
C105
0.001u
R105
2200
SS010
S100
(CAM ENCODER)
SS066
R100
15k
SS065
JL117
2.4
C100
0.001u
JL118
4
2
S101
3
2
4
*
PH100
GP3S120S
(T REEL)
JL116
(REC PROOF)
JL106
JL105
SS094
JL103
R669
100
1
JL100
C671
22p
B+
R666
0
R145 0
C101
0.001u
B+
*
PH101
GP3S120S
(S REEL)
3
1
JL101
R102
15k
JL104
SS043
1.1
B+
C670
1u
C669
3900p
R101
470
1.1
R663
1500
JL142
JL109
5.1
C103
330u
6.3V
0.4
SS026
6
SS067
5.1
R108
22k
Q101
PT380F3
T SENS
JL102
R196
3300
C102
0.001u
Q100
PT380F3
S SENS
SS071
7
5
5
5
1.9
0.1
2
1.9
B+
SS074
R187
JW
Q102 1.8
2SC1815GRTPE2
LED DRIVE
R104 JL107
1k
5.1
SS009
SS075
JL108
(RA)
SS076
SS041
SS040
SS039
R667
330
R672 1k
9
CAM MOTOR DRIVE
IC130
LB1943N
CAM(+)
8
0.2
VCC 2
13.3
7
VCC 1
6
V REF
5
6.3
4
4.8
3
VCH
2
VCL
1
IN2
Q660
2PB709AR-115
BUFFER
IC130
IN1
R668 100
C666
560p
CAM(-)
R662
470
R661
1M
2.7
2
0.1u
10
B+
L663
22uH
B+
C133
0.1u
C672
0.01u
C667
0.01u
R133
47k
R130
15k
SS046
1.9
C668
100u
16V
R671
0
JL130
JS130
C134
0.1u
C131
47u
16V
JL169
B+
L662
22uH
JL131
B+
B+
B+
CN104
3P
1
CAM(-)
2
CAM(+)
3
CAM(+)
JL133
B+
M
M903
CAM
MOTOR
X9:B,D,E,G
SS067
SS092
SS099
SS100
B+
*IC161
M24C32-WMN6T(A):X9:B,D,E,G
M24C16-WMN6T(A):SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9N
B+
L871
10uH
B+
5.1
5.1
SIGNAL PATH
R871
4700
SS016
SS008
REC
REC/PB
PB
0
SS098
Drum speed servo
SS091
D873
PDZ6.8B-115
C871
0.01u
C873
0.1u
R872
220k
5.1
4.8
R876
10
JL871
4.7
D871
PDZ6.8B-115
Q873
2PD601AR-115
0
J871
R875
1k
SS097
C872
47u
16V
Q872
2SD999-T1CL
R874
1k
Q871
2PD601AR-115
BUFFER
SS081
Drum phase servo
R873
2200
JL872
STB Control
(mini Jack)
Q872,873
SWITCH
C874
0.1u
C875
470u
6.3V
D872
PDZ6.8B-115
CN161
Drum servo(speed and phase)
M
M
1
DGND
TUSW1
M902
CAPSTAN
MOTOR
R805
10k
MTR(GND)
JL660
5.2
1.9
5
B+
B+
CTL-REF
JL128
B+
OSD_W_LEVEL
OSD_GND
OSD_V_IN
OSD_VCC
LP
OSD_LPF
1.3
JL162
Q802
2PD601AR-115
C801
0.01u
59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87
TO_FLD_DATA
FLD_CS
SACAM_ON
TU_SW2
SW5V_CONT
N.C.
T_REEL
S_REEL
N.C.
NICAM_CLK
N.C.
2.4
OSC_CHARA(IN)
2.4
OSC_CHARA(OUT)
4.8
RESET
JL662
5.1
D800
1SS119-25TD
4.4
4.4
4.6
NICAM_DATA
N.C.
SCL(VI/HF/TU/ARC/MOD/VPS)
SDA(VI/HF/TU/ARC/MOD/VPS)
N.C.
CAP_FG
SECAM_DET
AMP_VSS
DRUM_FG
DRUM_PG
AMP_VREF_IN
AMP_VREF_OUT
B+
SS083
R186
0
R175
0
R172
0
R190
3300
R191
3300
R179
R181
3300
470
2.5
2.5
0.3
2.3
0.1
R177 470
R178 470
22u
N.C.
CTL_IN-
B+
CAP FG
4
JL125
0
SS082
SE610:B,K,N/
SE710:B,K,N/
SE810:B,K,N/
SX710:B,K,N/
X9:B,N
C665
L661
56p
22uH
Q661
2PB709AR-115
BUFFER
R170
3300
JL168
IC161
B+
0
2.5
SS056
B+
C164
100u
16V
C120
0.01u
B+
JL160
B+
R121 47k
SS076
SS083
0 JL199
0
5.1
R670
470
JL661
C162
0.22
5.5V
R120 47k
SS080
SS084
B+
JL161
CAP RVS
3
JL124
SS087
0
5
0
2.7
2.7
5
5
5.1
5
0
SW 5V
2
SS042
C170
0.1u
C165
0.01u
L160
22uH
SS108
C122
47u
16V
R804 R806
10k
10k
9
1
JL122
SS093
R664
0
SS055
B+
0
R185
0
JL146 R146
0
C664
R171
10k
4700
9P
B+
CLK
R660
1k
C661
15p
C167
0.047u
C662
4700p
C663
0.01u
R189
1k
0 0 0
5.1
B+
SS088
SS089
SS090
SS092
SS093
SS091
SS094
SS097
SS098
SS099
SS100
R183
220
SS103
SS106
SS104
SS107
50V
3
4
5
R168
150k
4.8
5.1
EEPROM
ANGND
6
5
5.1
B+
5.1
CLK_SEL
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58
SS046
SW5V
K
FULL_ERS
MDO
SS043
SW12V
W.ENA
SS084
B+
OSDVCC
5.1
OSD_V_OUT
4
AF_REC_P
MA-400 BOARD (1/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-10)
JL123
B+
SS091
C+/SW12VCONT
HLF(SLICER_LPF)
C166
0.01u
6
SS082
-11VCONT
*
5
SS075
PCONT_M12V
PCONT_SW5V
D5V_BACKUP
4
SS005
PCONT_M24V
END_LED
AV_CONT
R169
470k
C163
0.01u
IC161
SS087
PCONT_M18V
MA-400 BOARD (8/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-26)
VCC 2
SS066
DMS-
D5V
8
OUT 2
SS065
DMS+
13
7
VCC 1
SS018
SS077
REMOCON
J
SS017
2
KKP-
OUT 1
3
KKP+
1
SS013
1
(SEE PAGE 4-23)
I
OSD_SECAM_C_IN
MM1256XF-BE
2
FUKEY2
IC160
SS014
3
MA-400 BOARD (7/8)
C_V_IN(C_SYNC_IN)
AF_SWP
L161
22uH
B+
6
SS086
4
12
FUKEY1
RF_SWP
3
POWER FAILDET
RESET PULSE
GENERATOR
SS088
FLDSCLK
DMS+
IC160
SS090
FLDCS
FLDSDA
ENV_S
N.C.
SS072
JOG_LED_CONT
DMS-
2
B+
H
HA_SW
L660
2.2uH
B+
1
TU_SW1
C660
15p
SS024
RF_SWP
CROT
N.C.
SS022
HA_SWP
DIV_CLK_OUT/JOGLED_CONT
N.C.
CAM
SS029
TA_MUTE
DEC/VTR
IIC_DAT1(EEP)
SS028
A_MUTE
PDC_DAV
IIC_CLK1(EEP)
SS027
SS114
CTLCHK
MTR12V_CONT
N.C.
REC_PRF
JW
SS026
FROM_AV_LINK
QVD
MODE1
R192
SS025
REMOCON
MODE2
SS024
P_FAIL
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
2.2
SS023
SAT_CONT
DRUM_ERR
SS042
SS023
ENV_SW
SS022
N.C.
C+5V_CONT
KKP-
SS041
SS011
RF_ENV
2.5
0
0.3
R2.1/P2.9
R2.5/P2.8
2.4
5.1
R0/P5.1
R5/P0
SS021
FLD_CLOCK
JL121
R124 470
5.1
R803
22k R802
10k
8
R123
SS037
R801
10k
4.6
Q803
2PD601AR-115
0
4.9
R813
10k
CN102
B+
SS104
5
5
PS120
0.4A
5.1
0
AV_CONT_IN/C+DET
MODE3
SS029
FULLERS
R162
10k
R800
150k
4.9
KKP+
SS040
SS089
SECAM_ON
5
18V_CONT
IC162
M37970MGA-050GP:SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
M37970MGA-051GP:SE610
MOD_CONT
MODE4
SS103
5.1
0
5.1
0
POWER_KEY
I_CONT
SS019
QVD
* * 5 5
-11V_CONT
IC162
CAP_RVS
C.ROT
R807
33k
TO_AV_LINK
SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL,
OSD,MODE CONTROL
5.1
5.1
SS021
SECAM_DET
G
SS019
5
FU_KEY1
SS039
MA-400 BOARD (1/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-10)
SS018
SS056
SS074
A_MUTE
1
SS099
R165
3300
R166
3300
R167
6800
SS055
FROM_OSD_VIDEO
11 5
2
CTL_X
C146
2200p
CTL_Y
FU_KEY2
SS038
IICCLK
TO_OSD_VIDEO
SS016
SS017
AF_ENV
SS037
SS100
10
R143
4700
Q800
2PB709AR-115
B+
CAP_ERR
RF_ENV
Q800-804
AV LINK CIRCUIT
R180
6800
12
*R161
1.5k:SE610E/SE710:B,G/SX710B
3.3k:SE610N/SE710:E,I/SE810B/SX710E/SX717E
5.6k:SE710N/SE810:E,G/SX710N/X9B
8.2k:SE710:D,K/SX710:D,K/SX717D
12k:SE810:D,N/SX810/X9:G,N
18k:SE810K/X9D
33k:SE610K/X9E
TEST
PB3V
IICDAT
R188
JW
T_SENS
VSS
SS014
CTL_IN+
AMP_VCC
AVCC
1
SS013
SECAM_VIDEO
R194
1k
C174
0.1u
C160
0.01u
C161
0.01u
R193 100k
SS012
AVLINK
S_SENS
1.3
17.734475MHz(IN)
1.4
17.734475MHz(OUT)
5.1
VCC
0.9
32KHz(IN)
AVCONT
SS011
TU_AFT
JL164
SS027
DEST2
JL165
F
SS010
B+
4
MA-400 BOARD (1/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-10)
SS009
SS071
DEST1
C171
12p
(SEE PAGE 4-19)
SS038
R182
220
*R160
1.5k:SE610G/SE710G,I/SE810G/X9G
3.3k:SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B
5.6k:SE610:K,N/SE710:K,N/SE810:K,N/SX710:K,N/X9N
0:SE610:A,E/SE710:D,E/SE810:D,E/SX710:D,E/
SX717/SX810/X9:D,E
8
MA-400 BOARD (5/8)
C+DET
R161
*
SS078
ICONT
11
24V_CONT
8
R164
10k
SS008
E
0
JL166
1.2
JL167
1.8
0.2
5.1
5.1
R0/P3.1
R0.1/P3.5
5.1
4.5
R160
*
R163
10k
SS028
AFRECP
N.C.
JL141
9
SS074
A_MUTE
N.C.
JL145
R195
0
SS005
5
SS099
IICCLK
7
B+
SS100
IICDAT
(SEE PAGE 4-17)
N.C.
JL144
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
SS025
14 13
7
10
MA-400 BOARD (4/8)
N.C.
2
SS012
AFSWP
2
B+
116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88
D
AFENV
SS108
JL140
5.1
SE810/SX810/X9
32KHz(OUT)
VSSA
1.5
VSSD
VDDA
C147
0.1u
Q140
2PD601AR-115
SWITCH
JL143
X160
32.768kHz
VDDD
C173
680p
C168
15p
C169
27p
N.C.
0
AMPC
SCL
N.C.
R0.3/
P0.6
SS099
C143
5
CVBS
C142
0.022u
R1.2/P1
2.6
2.6
2.5
2.3
SDA
R141
10k
5
IREF
R140
10k
SS100
SS114
10
7
6
5
CTL_AMP_OUT
5.1
C850
0.1u
R2.6/P1.6
C144 C145
22u 100u
50V 16V
100
5.1
B+
CS
C141
0.01u
C172
10p
R856
100k
VCS
R176
C
C140
100u
16V
R2.5/P0
X161
17.734475MHz
JL163
JL852
9
VCO 1
N.C.
8
PD 2
B+
4
1.5
N.C.
DAVN
L140
22uH
3
11
R857
6800
R859
1.2M
12
C852
2200p
R861
680k
R142
1200
5.1
2
C855
0.22u
13
C856
0.1u
Q850
2PB709AR-115
BUFFER
PD 1
14
R862
2200
EHB
R2.6/P1.6
15
R860
1.2M
PB
TI
17
2.8
R858
6800
16
C853
0.033u
18
2.1
19
B
R852
22k
20
R853
1k
B+
IC850
SDA5650X-GEG
R851
15k
1
R850
100
C851
10u
50V
Y/CHROMA
SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
IC850
2.2
*:IMPOSSIBLE TO MEASURE THE
VOLTAGE AT THE MARKED POINTS.
Q801
2PD601AR-115
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE
19
18
SIGNAL PATH
MA-400 BOARD (3/8)
A
17
R132
470
2
0.2
1
• See page 4-5 for printed wiring board and page 4-15 for waveforms.
4
RESET
3
CLOCK
2
DATA
1
D GND
4P
CHECK
Capstan speed servo
Capstan servo(speed and phase)
05
Ref.signal
Note: The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line
with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL
4-13
4-14
MA-400 (3/8)
• Waveforms
1 IC162 wa REC/PB
5.3 Vp-p (2 V)
2 IC162 wf REC/PB
5.3 Vp-p (2 V)
3 IC162 ea REC/PB
2.7 Vp-p (17.734475 MHz)
4 IC162 ef REC/PB
1.8 Vp-p (32.768 kHz)
5 IC162 th REC/PB
2.1 Vp-p (H)
6 IC162 ya REC/PB
2.1 Vp-p (H)
7 IC162 yf REC/PB
2.1 Vp-p (H)
8 IC162 ul REC/PB
5.4 Vp-p (56 kHz)
9 IC162 i; REC/PB
5.4 Vp-p (56 kHz)
0 IC162 <z/v REC/PB
4.6 Vp-p (1 kHz)
4-15
qa IC162 <z/n REC/PB
4.2 Vp-p (360 Hz)
qs IC162 <z/m REC/PB
4.8 Vp-p (2 V)
qd IC162 <zzz REC
5 Vp-p (2 V)
qf IC162 <zzx REC
5 Vp-p (2 V)
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
MA-400 (Hi-Fi AUDIO) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board.
– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MA-400 BOARD (4/8)
A
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE
SIGNAL PATH
C315
8200p
R311
2200
R312
27k
JL304
R305
1k
C306
47u
16V
3.9
VCC 5V
L1 OUT L
AF SWP
MUTE
SDA
MUTE
SCL
RF OUT
AF ENV
ALC
22
21
20
19
18
EMPHL
DCL
GND
IREF
3.9
0.8
3.8
3.9
0.8
VREF
DETL
L1 OUT R
IC301
TDA9605H/N2,518
4.6
C338
10u
50V
C337
10u
50V
6.1
6.1
R315
220
0
6.1
C319
10u
50V
C320
10u
50V
6.1
0
0
C336
10u
50V
3.9
0
C322
10u
50V
L3 R
L3 L
L1 R
R316
220
11
3.8
10
3.8
R325
18k
9
3.8
8
R310
18k
7
3.8
6
R309
18k
5
L1 L
L2 R
L2 L
4
3.8
B+
C+12V
3
SE610:B,E/SE710/SE810/
R326 SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
18k
3.8
2
1
3.8
JS301
JL305
JL312
JL313
SW5V
B+
C332
1u 50V
C333
1u
50V
C330
1u 50V
C331
1u
50V
C325
0.22u
16V
C326
0.22u
16V
C327
0.22u
16V
JL314
C328
1u 50V
C329
1u
50V
15
DETR
VSS D
C317
0.22u
16V
3.8
R313
3.3M
L301
100uH
MA-400 BOARD (8/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-26)
MUTE
Hi-Fi AUDIO PROCESSOR
C307
47u
16V
F
EMPHR
IC301
HM SW
R324
4700
JL325
L2 OUT L
TU R
R322
0
A_MUTE
R0.1/P3.5
PB IN1
3.8
AFENV
JL303
R304
1k
L2 OUT R
R323
4700
E
IICCLK
5
JL302
SE610:B,E/SE710:B,D,E,K,N/
SE810:B,D,E,K,N/SX710/SX717/
SX810/X9:B,D,E,N
REC OUT
TU L
(SEE PAGE 4-13)
R0.7/P4.2
3.9
23
NA OUT
JL308
IICDAT
R301
10k
24
PB IN2
TU M
10
MA-400 BOARD (3/8)
JL301
5
B+
25
NA IN
3.8
AFRECP
JL300
43
AFSWP
C303
0.1u
R302
18k
39
R329
470
AFENV
26
17
ANGND
D
27
16
R4.2/P0
28
15
C324
0.01u
29
14
R4.3/P0.6
30
VCC 12V
JL307
AUDIO_CH1
JL324
31
13
C323
0.1u
R4.2/P0.6
40
AUDIO_REC
JL323
41
MA-400 BOARD (1/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-10)
35
AUDIO_CH2
36
R4.3/P0.6
JL322
9
37
LINE_OUT
38
11.9
B+
42
C304
0.01u
JL310
44
LINE_IN
34
JL311
C
32
DCFBR
33
DCR
3.9
PB
3.9
3.9
REC
12
R306
27k
C316
10u
50V
DCFBL
R307
2200
JL309
C310 C311 C312 R308 C313 C314
47u 10u 2.2u 39k 10u 47u
50V 16V
16V 50V 50V
JL306
B
C309
8200p
C308
10u
50V
AUDIO
SIGNAL
JL315
JL316
JL317
JL318
G
TU_M
16
MA-400 BOARD (6/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-21)
JL319
TU_L
JL320
TU_R
JL321
SE810/SX810/X9
MOD_A
DEC_R_OUT
DEC_L_OUT
LINE_R_OUT
DEC_R_IN
DEC_L_IN
17
LINE_R_IN
MA-400 BOARD (5/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-19)
LINE_L_IN
FRONT_R_IN
FRONT_L_IN
LINE_L_OUT
JL326
ANGND
H
Q590
2PD601AR-115
MUTE
Q591
2PD601AR-115
MUTE
Q592
2PB709AR-115
MUTE CONTROL
0
-0.3
0
0.3
R591
1k
05
0
-0.3
R590
1k
0
R592
1k
JS591
0
D590
1SS119-25TD
Hi-Fi AUDIO
4-17
4-18
MA-400 (4/8)
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
MA-400 (I/O) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board.
– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –
2
4
3
5
6
7
MA-400 BOARD (5/8)
R543
150
B+
11
12
14
13
R541
100
18
ANGND
SE610:B,E/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
R2.2/
P2.9
D501
BZA408B-115
R1.5/
P2.2
1
2
3
6
5
4
SE610:B,E/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
C+12V
R548
75
B+
Q540
2PB709AR-115
SWITCH
DECVIN
3
DECVOUT
MA-400 BOARD (1/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-10)
L1VIN
D571
PDZ6.8B-115
SW GND
37
I
36
R
35
SW GND
34
C580
0.01u
SW GND
33
R570
470
C570
390p
N.C.
32
G
R545
33k
SIGNAL PATH
VIDEO SIGNAL
Y/CHROMA
AUDIO
SIGNAL
4
5
6
R546
47k
R571
470
C571
390p
3
2
1
SE610:B,E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
R572
470
REC
D570
BZA408B-115
PB
C572
390p
R574
100k
C573
390p
R575
100k
E
L510
100uH
B+
SE610:B,E/SE710:B,D,E,K,N/
SE810:B,D,E,K,N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9:B,D,E,N
R573
470
31
N.C.
30
SW GND
29
C+DET
28
B
27
A(L) IN
26
SW GND
25
A GND
24
A(L) OUT
23
A(R) IN
22
A(R) OUT
B+
MODV
C511
47u
16V
C512
47u 16V
11.8
C510
0.01u
F
R0.3/
P11.8
AVLINK
ICONT
D504
PDZ6.8B-115
R0/P5.1
Q501,502
AV CONT
R11.8/P0
Q501
PDTA114EK-115
C+DET
R516
4700
R512
68
Q510
2PB709AR-115
BUFFER
R514
330
R11.8/
P3.9
11
2.6
1.9
D503
PDZ6.8B-115
UDZ-TE-17-13B
G
R500
470
C500
390p
DEC_L_IN
DEC_R_IN
DEC_R_OUT
MA-400 BOARD (4/8)
H
R502
470
LINE_R_IN
LINE_L_OUT
C502
390p
LINE_R_OUT
FRONT_L_IN
1
2
3
FRONT_R_IN
R503
470
6
5
4
C503
390p
I
D500
BZA408B-115
SE810/SX810/X9
CN501
5P
D573
PDZ6.8B-115
SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
JL543
FRONT VIDEO IN
JK-201 BOARD
CN480
1
AN GND
2
FRONT AU(L) IN
3
AU GND
4
FRONT AU(R) IN
5
SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
JL544
C514
33p
JL545
R509
4700
C516
4700p
J500
2P
L
(SEE PAGE 4-27)
AUDIO
JS504
JL521
LINE-2
OUT
R
J
C515
33p
R518
4700
JL522
05
I/O
MA-400 (5/8)
4-19
SW GND
17
SW GND
16
I
15
R
14
SW GND
13
SW GND
12
N.C.
11
G
10
AV_LINC
9
SW GND
8
AV CONT
7
B
6
A(L) IN
5
SW GND
4
A GND
3
A(L) OUT
2
A(R) IN
1
A(R) OUT
CN500
C501
390p
LINE_L_IN
(SEE PAGE 4-18)
V OUT
18
LINE-1(TV)
SE610:A,G,K,N
R501
470
DEC_L_OUT
17
19
2
AVCONT
ANGND
V IN
1
Q502
PDTC144EK-115
R515
1k
D502
SW GND
20
JL540
R511
150
C513
470u
6.3V
21
DECODER/LINE-2IN
:EXCEPT SE610:B,E/
SE710/SX710/SX717
JL541
R517
75
R510
180
19
MA-400 BOARD (6/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-21)
D572
UDZ-TE-17-13B
DECODER/LINE-3IN
:SE810/SX810/X9
21
SW GND
38
20
V OUT
39
2
V IN
40
1
41
21
SW GND
20
SE610:B,E/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
FRONTVIN
C
R549
68
5
R0.2/
P0.4
R547
1k
L1VOUT
R0.2/
P0.4
21P X2
CN570
42
JL542
MA-400 BOARD (3/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-13)
16
SE610:B,E/SE710:B,D,E,K,N/SE810:B,D,E,K,N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9:B,D,E,N
Q541
2PB709AR-115
BUFFER
MA-400 BOARD (8/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-26)
D
15
R542
180
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE
B
10
9
UPPER
A
8
LOWER
1
4-20
21P
21
SW GND
20
V IN
19
V OUT
18
SW GND
17
SW GND
16
I
15
R
14
SW GND
13
SW GND
12
N.C.
11
G
10
AV_LINC
9
SW GND
8
AV CONT
7
B
6
A(L) IN
5
SW GND
4
A GND
3
A(L) OUT
2
A(R) IN
1
A(R) OUT
LINE-1(TV)
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
MA-400 (TUNER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –
1
• See page 4-5 for printed wiring board.
3
2
4
5
7
9
8
10
TU702
BTF-3WU604:SE610G/SE710G/SE810G/X9G
BTF-3WC446:SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B
BTF-3WC429:SE610:A,K/SE710:D,K/SE810:D,K/SX710:D,K/SX717D/SX810/X9D
BTF-3WC428:SE610:E,N/SE710:E,N,I/SE810:E,N/SX710:E,N/SX717E/X9E
MA-400 BOARD (6/8)
A
6
11
12
14
13
15
SE610:E,N/SE710:E,N,I,/SE810:E,N/SX710:E,N/SX717E/X9E
TU703
BTF-2WC421
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
N.C.
SCL
SDA
R
L
5V
5V
V OUT
AFT
SIF
M OUT
SW2
SW1
IF
9
IF
N.C.
8
30V
RF AGC
7
N.C.
30V
6
5V
MOD V
5
N.C.
SCL
4
SDA
MB(5V)
3
SCL
SDA
2
N.C.
MOD A
1
26 27 28 29 30 31
R730
470
B+
B+
R732 470
R705
220
B+
B+
B+
JL710
25 26 27 28 29 30
BB(5V)
N.C.
SCL
SDA
R
L
5V
19 20 21 22 23 24
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
OUT
JL709
AFT
V OUT
AERIAL
SIF
M OUT
SW2
SW1
IF
TP
30V
9
N.C.
8
5V
N.C.
7
N.C.
RF AGC
6
SDA
30V
5
SCL
MOD V
4
N.C.
SCL
3
JL705
MB(5V)
2
B+
R755
100
PB
1
B+
REC
SDA
Y/CHROMA
OUT
AUDIO
SIGNAL
MOD A
VIDEO SIGNAL
B
IN
AERIAL
BB(5V)
IN
SIGNAL PATH
C
B+
R704
100
R754
100
B+
MODV
B+
MA-400 BOARD (5/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-19)
B+
19
D
B+
B+
C710
22u
50V
B+
6
MA-400 BOARD (1/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-10)
TU_VIDEO_IN
C712
39p
E
B+
C713
39p
JS702
R736
0
C711
47u
16V
B+
B+
ANGND
20
MA-400 BOARD (8/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-26)
F
B+
B+
B+
SW30V
SW5V
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
D6V
NICAMDAT
NICAMCLK
Q752
2PB709AR-115
SWITCH
B+
R731 470
TUSW2
G
5
B+
TUSW1
R733 470
14
IICCLK
MA-400 BOARD (3/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-13)
IICDAT
B+
B+
4.8
R756
10k
EXCEPT
SE610G/SE710G/
SE810G/X9G
4.1
R757
1k
MODCONT
Q751
PDTC144EK-115
SWITCH
TUAFT
16
MA-400 BOARD (4/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-17)
R702
0
TU_M
C731
10u 50V
5.1
36.9
32.5
Q720
2SA1309A-QRSTA
+30V REG
C720
0.01u
D721
1SS119-25TD
TU_R
D720
1SS119-25TD
TU_L
C730
10u
50V
C755
0.1u
JS754
L750
2.2uH
B+
JL701
5
R713
100
B+
D702
MTZJ-T-77-33
Q721
PDTC144EK-115
+30V REG
D750
MPG06D-6052PKG3
L701
2.2uH
R724
47k
0
I
C754
470u
6.3V
B+
36.3
B+
MOD_A
R723
100
0
B+
H
C701
10u
50V
B+
B+
PCONT_SW5V
L751
10uH
C704
10u
50V
C757
0.01u
JL700
C705
0.01u
R714
470k
C708
47u
16V
C709
0.01u
C714
47u
16V
ET700
C752
100u
16V
C702
2200p
C753
0.1u
GND
05
TUNER
4-21
4-22
MA-400 (6/8)
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
MA-400 (MODE CONTROL) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board.
– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –
1
3
2
4
5
6
7
9
8
10
11
12
13
MA-400 BOARD (7/8)
A
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
*:IMPOSSIBLE TO MEASURE THE
VOLTAGE AT THE MARKED POINTS.
-9.6
35
34
G5
G6
G7
G8
G9
-9.6
36
G4
-9.6
-9.6
37
20
21
22
JL425
JL426
JL427
C420
47u
16V
B+
*
*
*
*
30
29
-3.1
B+
JL428
JL429
JL430
JL431
SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717
CN461
C423
0.01u
B-
B-
DS-95 BOARD
CN453
(SEE PAGE 4-27)
G
1
A/D2 RTN
2
A/D1 RTN
3
A/D1 GO
4
D GND
5
B+
R460
10k
B+
R461
330
R465
3300
R466
4700
R467
6800
R468
15k
JL460
JL463
JL464
S460
S464
/
AUDIO
DUB
R470
10k
S463
R471
330
SE810/SX810/X9
D424
STZ6.8N-T146
PROGRAM+
H
7
MA-400 BOARD (1/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-10)
R464
47k
AD1
R477
6800
JL476
R478
15k
R479
47k
JL477
JL478
S478
SYNCHRO
REC
I
05
S476
S477
PROGRAM-
AUTO SET UP/
RF CHANNEL
SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
MODE CONTROL
MA-400 (7/8)
C424
10u
50V
5P
A/D2 GO
4-23
1
F
19
2
11
18
4
*
G3
G4
G5
G6
N.C.
30 29
DGND
17
5
3.2
B-
10
S9
A/D1 GO
S8
9
16
-5.2
A/D1 RTN
S7
8
S6
A/D2 RTN
15
-5.2
7
14
-5.2
A/D2 GO
S5
6
13
-1.1
DMS+
S4
5
DS-95 BOARD
CN451
(SEE PAGE 4-27)
S3
DMS-
E
12
-11.6
4
JL423
JL424
-11.6
D5V
S2
3
-9.5
JOG LED CONT
S1
2
VDD
KKP+
JL433
5.1
1
B+
KKP-
VSS
JL432
-1.1
11P
CN460
G2
6
S10
G1
9.4
B-
KEY2
FF-
7
KKP-
BB-
8
S11
-11.8
9
KEY1
-11.7
27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
S12
ND420
FLUORESCENT
INDICATOR
TUBE
B-
33
32
CS
28
S13
27
CLK
26
S14
25
DIN
S15
IC420
UPD16315GB-3BS
31
1
2
3
DOUT
11
KKP+
6
5
R420
0
SE810/SX810/X9
S16
7
4.9
4.4
JOG_LED_CONT
IC420
24
DMS+
DMS-
OSC
VEE
23
1.9
LED4
FL DRIVER
R421
0
FUKEY2
S17
4
R423
82k
C427
220u
6.3V
R422
0
FUKEY1
LED3
5
5
FLDSDA
FLDCS
S18
8
3
LED2
9
2
G10
10
VCC
1
FLDSCLK
D
38
LED1(IRDREC)
R427
47
B+
REMOCON
GND
5
OUT
B+
MA-400 BOARD (3/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-13)
39
L460
47uH
ANGND
12
40
IC460
SFH5110-40
DGND
C
41
G3
D5V
42
G2
B+
43
G1
+F
-9.7
44
VDD
21
MA-400 BOARD (8/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-26)
B
REMOTE CONTROL
RECEIVER
-F
VSS
IC460
-11V
-9.6
B-
9.1
B+
4-24
P17
P16
P15
P14
P13
P12
P11
P10
P9
P8
P7
P6
P5
P4
P3
P2
P1
F+
F+
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
MA-400 (POWER SUPPLY) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –
1
2
• See page 4-5 for printed wiring board.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
IC601
PQ12RD08
MA-400 BOARD (8/8)
13V
2
B+
B+
R624
10k
Q613
PDTC144EK-115
SWITCH
0
4.9
Q612
2SB1122-ST-TD
SWITCH
11.9
B+
B+
3.2
B+
JL625
5.9
C
5.1
PS602
0.25A
5.9
Q607
2SB1122-ST-TD
Q607,608
C+5V SWITCH
B+
SW5V
(SEE PAGE 4-17)
18
MA-400 BOARD (5/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-19)
ANGND
C611
47u
25V
C612
0.01u
C613
100u
16V
R617
1k
B+
C+12V
8
SW5V
MA-400 BOARD (1/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-10)
ANGND
C621
220u
6.3V
4.9
0.1
MA-400 BOARD (4/8)
C+12V
B+
R615
820
C+12V
B+
11.9
R611
1k
15
B+
4
R626
1k
C618
22u
50V
R625
4700
3
R618
1800
JL624
11.2
B
13.3
11.9
1
CONT
C+12V REG
GND
IC601
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
12V
A
C+5V
B+
B+
Q608
PDTC144EK-115
JL627
B+
D603
MPG06D-6052PKG3
JS603
SE610:A,G,K,N
B+
SE610:B,E/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
B+
JS604
B+
SW5V
20
ANGND
MA-400 BOARD (6/8)
D6V
(SEE PAGE 4-21)
SW30V
B+
B+
B+
D
B+
JL421
B+
AN GND
1
OSDVCC
2
CAPSTAN VCC
3
CAPSTAN VCC
4
E
MTR 12V
5
MTR 12V
6
MTR GND
7
MTR GND
8
B+
JL600
JL628
JL602
P CONT M24V
9
(SEE PAGE 4-34)
P CONT M18V
10
P CONT M12V
11
F
13V
12
SW12V
13
D6V
14
SW5V
15
SW5V
16
AN GND
17
AN GND
18
AN GND
19
B+
JL603
B+
B+
D607
MPG06D-6052PKG3
B+
D606
MPG06D-6052PKG3
B+
SRV938EK BOARD
CN202
(SEE PAGE 4-34)
2
-11V
3
+F
4
D GND
5
-F
H
D GND
6
MTR12V
MTRGND
13
D5V_BACKUP
D5V
MA-400 BOARD (3/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-13)
PCONT_M18V
JL606
PCONT_M12V
JL607
-11VCONT
JL608
JL609
JL610
B+
R627
1M
B+
38V
CAPSTANVCC
PCONT_M24V
B+
JL613
1
ANGND
PCONT_SW5V
JL604
7P
-11V CONT
SW5V
DGND
JL626
JL605
G
CN601
B+
SW12V
C+/SW12VCONT
SRV938EK BOARD
CN201
B+
JL601
B+
19P
B+
CN600
B+
OSDVCC
ANGND
JL614
D5V
JL615
-11V
JL616
+F
JL617
21
MA-400 BOARD (7/8)
(SEE PAGE 4-23)
DGND
JL618
-F
JL619
B-
7
B05
Note: The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line
with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
POWER SUPPLY
4-25
4-26
MA-400 (8/8)
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
DS-95 (MODE CONTROL), JK-201 (FRONT IN) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
– Ref. No.:DS-95 board, JK-201 board; 1,000 series –
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DS-95 BOARD
A
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717
5P
CN453
D GND
MA-400 BOARD (7/8)
CN461
(SEE PAGE 4-23)
B
1
A/D1 GO
2
A/D1 RTN
3
A/D2 RTN
4
A/D2 GO
SE810/SX810/X9
CN450
5P
DMS-2
3
COM
4
STOP
5
PLAY
PLAY
S450
STOP
DUAL MODE
SHUTTLE
S451
11P
JL451
1
A/D1 GO
2
A/D1 RTN
3
A/D2 RTN
4
A/D2 GO
5
MA-400 BOARD (7/8)
CN460
DMS+ 6
(SEE PAGE 4-23)
DMS-
7
D5V
8
JOG LED CONT
9
KKP+
10
KKP-
11
R457
1k
JL452
JL453
R451
2200
R458
1500
JL460
JL461
JL462
JL454
JL455
JL456
JS450
JL457
JL458
B+
D GND
C
DMS-1
2
5
S457
CN451
1
JL459
SE610/SE710/
SX710/SX717
JL440
JL441
R452
1k
D
R450
180
JL442
R453
1500
S453
S452
R455
JL444 3300
R454
JL443 2200
S454
D450
SLR-342DCT31
S455
JL445
R456
4700
S456
S410
JOG
JOG
4.7
DIAL TIMER
SE810/SX810/X9
SE610/SE710/
SX710/SX717
0
PUSH/TURN
SE810/SX810/X9
Q450
PDTC144EK-115
LED DRIVE
E
SE810/SX810/X9
05
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
JK-201 BOARD
A
SE810/SX810/X9
R490
470
CN480
B
C491
0.001u
5P
R491
470
JL490
FRONT VIDEO IN
1
MA-400 BOARD
(5/8)
CN501
AN GND
2
FRONT AU(L) IN
3
(SEE PAGE 4-19)
AU GND
4
FRONT AU(R) IN
5
JL491
JL492
J481
3P
C493
0.001u
JL493
R
JL494
AUDIO
C481
0.001u
L
D481
STZ6.8N-T146
D490
STZ6.8N-T146
SIGNAL PATH
VIDEO SIGNAL
C
Y/CHROMA
D491
STZ6.8N-T146
D480
PDZ6.8B-115
VIDEO
R480
75
AUDIO
SIGNAL
REC
05
4-27
MODE CONTROL, FRONT IN
DS-95, JK-201
4-28
LINE-2
IN
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
DS-95 (MODE CONTROL) PRINTED WIRING BOARD
– Ref. No.: DS-95 board; 1,000 series –
There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram.
JK-201 (FRONT IN) PRINTED WIRING BOARD
– Ref. No.: JK-201 board; 1,000 series –
MA-400
VIDEO, AUDIO, I/O,
SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL,
TUNER, MODE CONTROL
(
)
POWER BLOCK
(SRV938EK)
(POWER SUPPLY)
JK-201
(SE810/SX810/X9)
(FRONT IN)
DS-95
(MODE CONTROL)
4-30
MODE CONTROL, FRONT IN
4-29
DS-95, JK-201
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
SRV938EK (POWER SUPPLY) PRINTED WIRING BOARD
– Ref. No.: SRV938EK board; 2,000 series –
There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram.
SRV938EK BOARD
C209
1
2
3
PS251
D303
Q304
C303
R311
D302
Q301
Q303
R307
R219
R312
R313
Q305
R208
R222
Q206
C212
Q205
VR251
IC251
05
D203
R209
R207
PS202
PS201
PC151
D204
R218
Q204
C213
D205
C207
Q207
C104
D254
R302
L205
B
L202
R217
Q307
R314
R203
C202
C252
C301
R252
C206
C208
C201
R316
D253
C103
R315
Q201
L201
C253
IC151
D304
L151
Q151
D152
D252
C155
R160
R159
C156
R157
R152
L102
D301
D154
R156
D153
R151
C102
D104
C251
C203
R101
Z101
C101
D158
R158
D307
C254
A-3
A-5
B-6
B-5
B-6
B-6
B-6
B-6
B-6
A-5
A-6
A-6
A-6
B-6
A-6
A-6
T151
R164
Q151
Q201
Q203
Q204
Q205
Q206
Q207
Q210
Q211
Q301
Q302
Q303
Q304
Q305
Q306
Q307
A
D251
D151
C151
C109
B-3
B-4
L103
C108
IC151
IC251
R251
D103
B-1
B-1
B-1
B-1
A-3
A-3
A-3
B-3
A-3
B-6
A-6
A-6
A-4
A-4
B-4
B-4
A-4
A-6
A-6
A-4
A-6
L101
D102
D101
D101
D102
D103
D104
D151
D152
D153
D154
D158
D203
D204
D205
D251
D252
D253
D254
D301
D302
D303
D304
D307
SRV938EK BOARD
C105
A-1
A-5
A-6
+
CN101
CN201
CN202
4
1-468-458-
5
6
MA-400
VIDEO, AUDIO, I/O,
SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL,
TUNER, MODE CONTROL
(
)
POWER BLOCK
(SRV938EK)
(POWER SUPPLY)
JK-201
(SE810/SX810/X9)
(FRONT IN)
DS-95
(MODE CONTROL)
POWER SUPPLY
SRV938EK
4-31
4-32
11
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
SRV938EK (POWER SUPPLY) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
– Ref. No.: SRV938EK board; 2,000 series –
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
SRV938EK BOARD
A
0
T151
POWER TRANSFORMER
D101-104
IN4005
B
0
0
D103
D101
0
0
D104
D102
R151
1M
+ C151
47
400V
D151
P6KE300ARL
Q151
SWITCHING
REG
R152
1M
D
2.6 1
C158
820p
1.6 2
IC151
TDA16846
Q151
2SK3047
D252
UF3DL
36.4
B+
3
12
4
11
R161
33k
5
10
6
9
5.9 7
D302
0.5 D2S4M
R308
1k D303
36.4
0
Q306
DTC143EKA
L201
10µH
C252
680
25V
+
C201
220
25V
+
+
Q201
2SB733
0
B+
C253
1200
10V
8
VR251
+6V
5k
R266
3.3k
+
4.6
E
C261
0.22
IC251 2.5
AN1431T
R164
18k
750mA
IC251
2.4
SHUNT
REG
4.6
R263
18k
C206 R206
47
1.5k
35V
+
R219
4.7k
0.7
R220
4.7k
Q203
SWITCH
Q203
2PD601A
5.9
B+
0 PS202 2A
C202 +
470
10V
+ C203
220
16V
0 PS201 1.6A
R207
220
D203
MTZJ5.1
D204
1SS119
L205
1µH
0 PS251
B–
PC151
ON3171 5.6
R264
15k
C254
470
25V
D254 R252
PR1003 0.22
IC151
R265
10k
B+
B+
R203
180
2W
L202
10µH
R261
1k
0
0.8
B+
5.9
POWER
CONTROL
R201
1k
Q201, 204
SWITCH
D154
PR1003
D253
SB340L
B+
13.5
Q204
2SC2785
C156
1
50v
Q303-306
SWITCH
D304
D2S4M
+ C303
22
50V
R311
10k
R307 1k 1W MTZJ20
36.4
B+
13.4
Q304
2SB733 0 2SC2785 0
12.8
2.2
C161
1000p
0 Q305
13.6
R160
33
CN201 19P
Q303 2SD2394
36.4
14
13
B+
0
R306
10k
2.9
C209
0.01
R314
1k
2W
R302 1k 1W
B+
R312 R313
10
10
2W
2W
13.2
2.4
D30
D2S4M
R315
1k
2W
Q302
DTC143EKA
315
C155
22
50V
R163 3.9k
C160
10000p
R301
10k 36.3
R316
100k
+
R159
22
C157
1000p
5.6
C301
220
50V
R158
82
0
1
Q301
2SD2394
Q307 –0.3
2SA1015
B+
R162
33k
C159 100p
B+
0
+
C
C109
2200p
250V
B+
36.4
C251 +
47
50V
0
R157
2.2M
0
Q301, 302 307
SWITCH
R251
56
36.4
D152
UF4007
R155 D158
10k MA4270 2.8
D153
1SS119
R156
2.2M
C108
2200p
250V
D301
UF3DL
B+
L151
C153
3300p
0
D251
PR1003
R222 220
R209
220
3
CAPSTAN VCC
4
CAPSTAN VCC
5
MTR 12V
6
MTR 12V
7
MTR GND
8
MTR GND
9
P CONT M24V
10
P CONT M18V
11
P CONT M12V
12
13V
13
SW 12V
14
D6V
15
SW 5V
16
SW 5V
17
AN GND
18
AN GND
19
AN GND
1
–11V CONT
MA-400 BOARD (8/8)
CN600
(SEE PAGE 4-25)
5.9
B+
C207
+ 10
50V
Q206
SWITCH
+ C213
0.1
50V
+
C212
0.01
B–
R210
1k
R218
33
3W
–11.7
–11.7
R213
47k
Q207
2SD1862
–11.1
R216
4.7k
CN202 7P
2
38V
3
–11V
4
+F (2.9V)
5
D GND
6
–F (0V)
7
D GND
MA-400 BOARD (8/8)
CN601
(SEE PAGE 4-25)
R217
10
5.9 1W
5.9
F
OSD VCC
5.2
C208
470
10V
10.2
B–
AN GND
2
5.2
Q205
2SD2394
SW5V REG
R208
220
Q206
2SC2785
D205
6.5
1SS119
1
Q210
DTA114EKA
0
Q211
DTC114EKA
0
CN101
2P
2
0
Z101
AC IN
0
R101
1M
1/2W
0
0
L101
10µH
C101
0.1
275V
0 0
0
C104
1000p C102
250V 0.1
275V
C103
1000p
250V
L102
33mH
0
Q207, 210, 211
SWITCH
0
L103
33mH
0
1
G
5
F101
T2AL
250V
0
C105
1000p
250V
05
Note: The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line
with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
POWER SUPPLY
4-33
4-34 E
SRV938EK
O
O
I
MA-400
IC162wf
MA-400
IC162ql
MA-400
IC162yf
RF SWP
QVD
C V IN
*3
L
*1
STOP/
FF/
REW
TAPE
*3
L
*1
LOADING
TAPE
*3
L
*1
UNLOADING
*3
*2
*1
PB
*3
L
*1
REC
REC •
*3
L
*1
PAUSE
∗1.
∗2.
∗3.
∗4.
5-1
I
O
O
O
MA-400
IC162<z/v>
MA-400
IC162ej
MA-400
IC162i;
MA-400
IC162ul
CAP FG
CAP RVS
CAP ERR
DRUM ERR
25 Hz pulse.
Pulse of period in proportion to tape speed.
25 Hz “H” pulse.
330 Hz pulse.
I
I
I/O
I/O
MA-400
IC162<z/n>
MA-400
IC162<z/m>
IC162<zzx>
MA-400
Pin No.
DRUM FG
DRUM PG
CTL IN+
Signal
*6
L
H/L
H/L
*4
*3
*7
STOP
∗5.
∗6.
∗7.
*6
*6
H
*2
*4
*3
*7
REW
*6
*6
L
*5
*4
*3
*7
TAPE
LOADING
Unstable period pulse.
DC voltage 1 to 5V
Hi-Z (2.5V)
*6
*6
L
*2
*4
*3
*7
FF
*6
*6
H
*5
*4
*3
*7
TAPE
UNLOADING
*6
*6
L
*2
*4
*3
*7
PB
*6
*6
L
*2
*4
*3
*1
REC
5-2. SYSTEM CONTROL – SERVO PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT INTERFACE (MA-400 BOARD IC162)
∗1. 25 Hz pulse with 50% duty cycle. Synchronized with rotation of drum.
∗2. Normally “L”. “H” when video signal is not generated.
∗3. Composite sync signal (positive polarity).
I/O
Pin No.
Signal
5-1. SYSTEM CONTROL – VIDEO BLOCK INTERFACE (MA-400 BOARD IC162)
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
SECTION 5
INTERFACE, IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
5-2
∗1.
∗2.
∗3.
∗4.
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
I
MA-400
IC162ra
MA-400
IC162r;
MA-400
IC162el
MA-400
IC162rd
MA-400
IC162od
MA-400
IC162of
MA-400
IC162wh
MA-400
IC1620
MODE 2
MODE 3
MODE 4
REC PRF
T REEL
S REEL
END LED
T SENS
*3
*3
L
H/L
H/L
L
L
L
H
H
M
EJECTED
*3
*3
L
H/L
H/L
*1
–
–
–
–
H/M
*3
*3
L
H/L
H/L
*1
–
–
–
–
L/M
*4
*4
*3
*2
H/L
*1
H
H
L
L
H/M
*4
*4
*3
*2
H/L
*1
H
H
L
L
L/M
*4
*4
*3
H/L
H/L
*1
L
H
H
H
M
TAPE
TAPE
CASSETTE CASSETTE
THREAD- UNTHREAD- STOP
LOADING UNLOADING
ING
ING
“L” when erasing protection tab is bent. “H” when not bent.
Pulse of period in proportion to reel rotating speed.
Approx. 2 msec period “H” pulse.
Normally “L”. 2 msec period “H” pulse when tape top or tape end is detected.
I
I
MA-400
IC162rs
MODE 1
MA-400
IC1629
O
MA-400
IC162rh
CAM
S SENS
I/O
Pin No.
Signal
*4
*4
*3
*2
*2
*1
H
L
H
H
M
FF
*4
*4
*3
*2
*2
*1
H
L
H
H
M
REW
*4
*4
*3
*2
*2
*1
L
L
L
H
M
PB
*4
*4
*3
*2
*2
*1
L
L
L
H
M
REC
5-3. SYSTEM CONTROL – MECHANISM BLOCK INTERFACE (MA-400 BOARD IC162)
5-3
I
O
O
MA-400
IC162ts
MA-400
IC162ok
MA-400
IC162oj
RESET
NICAM DATA
NICAM CLK
Serial communication clock to with Tuner.
Serial communication data to Tuner.
Normally “H”, “L” when service interruption is detected or restored.
I/O Level
I/O
O
Pin No.
MA-400
IC162uf
Signal
A MUTE
L
STOP/
FF/
REW
L
L
TAPE
TAPE
LOADING UNLOADING
L
PB
L
REC
H
PB •
PAUSE
5-5. SYSTEM CONTROL – AUDIO BLOCK INTERFACE (MA-400 BOARD IC162)
I/O
Pin No.
Signal
5-4. SYSTEM CONTROL – SYSTEM CONTROL PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT INTERFACE (MA-400 BOARD IC162)
5-4
I
O
VSS
17.734475MHz (in)
17.734475MHz (out)
VCC
32kHz (in)
32kHz (out)
TEST
CAP RVS
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
EURO 21 pin AV CONT signal output
HiFi record control signal
Full erase control signal for A DUB
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
IIC CLK1 (EEP)
IIC DATA1 (EEP)
CAM
NC
NC
NC
I
O
O
I
O
–
I
O
–
IIC data (EEPROM control)
Cam motor control signal
Not used (open)
Not used (open)
Connected to Ground
Inverted capstan signal
EURO 21 pin-I CONT signal output
Cam encode data 4
Cam encode data 3
Cam encode data 2
Cam encode data 1
Safety tab detection input
IIC clock (EEPROM control)
test terminal
Sub clock output
Sub clock input
Ground terminal
Main clock input
Main clock output
“Power supply input terminal
(high speed mode: 4.0 to 5.5V, low speed mode: 2.6 to 5.5V)”
HiFi switching pulse output
End sensor LED output
O
O
I
O
I
I
I
I
I
O
I/O
I CONT
MODE 4
MODE 3
MODE 2
MODE 1
REC PRF
ENV S
RF SWP
AF SWP
END LED
AV CONT
AF REC P
FULL ERS
Head azimuth information
SP/EP head switching signal
Identification signal of SP/EP head output comparison & detection
Video RF switching pulse output
–
O
NC
CROT
HA SW
O
I
O
KKP -
QVD
I
KKP +
MOD CONT
KKP 2-phase pulse A input
Quasi VD pulse
Not used (open)
Not used (open)
RF modulator ON/OFF control
KKP 2-phase pulse B input
I
I
I
I
I
I
Tape end sensor input
Tape top sensor input
Video RF envelope input
HiFi envelope input
Function key input (9 keys)
Function key input (9 keys)
I
AF ENV
FU KEY2
FU KEY1
POWER KEY
AFT input from TUNER for station selection
I
I
DEST1
DEST2
TU AFT
S SENS
T SENS
RF ENV
Function
Not used (open)
Not used (open)
Not used (open)
Not used (open)
24 V power control signal
Destination identification input 1
Destination identification input 2
–
–
–
–
O
NC
NC
NC
NC
24V CONT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
I/O
Pin Name
Pin No.
I
NC
T REEL
S REEL
TU SW2
FLD CS
SW5V CONT
SECAM ON
18V CONT
TO FLD DATA
NC
FLD CLOCK
I
I
–
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
O
O
O
I
O
I
O
O
P FAIL
DRUM ERR
CAP ERR
SAT CONT
-11V CONT
TO AV LINK
C+5V CONT
REMOCON
I
I
O
O
O
FROM AV LINK
A MUTE
MTR12V CONT
TA MUTE
O
DIV CLK OUT/JOGLED CONT
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
I
I
PDC DAV
AV CONT IN/C+DET
DMS TU SW1
–
O
I
I
O
I
NC
DEC/VTR
DMS +
C V IN (C SYNC IN)
I/O
–
O
I
I
I
–
–
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
64
OSD SECAM C IN
HLF (SLICER LPF)
62
63
MD0
OSD V OUT
CLK SEL
59
60
61
OSD V IN
OSD GND
OSD W LEVEL
I
I/O
RESET
OSD LPF
LP
OSD VCC
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
Pin Name
OSC CHARA (IN)
OSC CHARA (OUT)
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
Pin No.
5-6. SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL MICROPROCESSOR PIN FUNCTION (MA-400 BOARD IC162)
SECAM ON signal/surround audio control (switched by destination)
Chip selection signal for display tube driver
SW 5 V power control signal
Tuner system BGL/L selection signal
Take up reel sensor input
Supply reel sensor input
Not used (open)
Serial clock CH0 (FLD)
18 V power control signal
Serial data out CH0 (FLD)
Not used (open)
SAT control signal
Power save control
AV-LINK data output for communication
Power save control
Power failure detection input
Drum error output
Capstan error output
AV-LINK data input for communication
Remote control SIRCS signal input
Tuner audio mute signal output
Audio mute signal output
Motor 12 V power control signal
PDC/VPS signal reception identification input
CANAL + connection identification input
Terminal of using JOG LED output or adjustment
made output of clock dividing frequency
Tuner system BG/L selection signal
Not used (open)
Decoder/VTR switching Not used (open)
DMS 2-phase pulse 1 input
DMS 2-phase pulse 2 input
Color signal input for SECAM OSD
“Video signal input for tuner’s station selection,
OSD and servo sync signal detection (after passing filter)”
OSD video signal output
LPF connection terminal for slicer/AFC
(This terminal is used as the HLF terminal when C. Video is input to pin-56.)
Connected to Ground
Video signal input for OSD overlay
Ground terminal of OSD/slicer
OSD white level input
“Selection of oscillation clock when reset is canceled
“L”: sub clock, “H”: main & sub clocks”
Reset input
“External filter that doubles the FSC, is connected to this terminal”
“L” at SP, “H” at EP/LP”
Power supply input terminal for OSD/slicer (4.75 V to 5.25 V)
Function
Clock input for OSD character size
Clock output for OSD character size
5-5
5-5E
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
100
AVCC
AMP VCC
CTL AMP OUT
AMPC
NC
CTL INCTL IN+
AMP VREF IN
CAP FG
AMP VSS
DRUM FG
DRUM PG
AMP VREF OUT
NC
NC
SECAM DET
MOD/VPS)
SDA (VI/HF/TU/ARC/
MOD/VPS)
NC
NICAM CLK
NICAM DATA
SCL (VI/HF/TU/ARC/
96
97
98
99
Pin Name
Pin No.
–
–
–
O
I/O
Power supply input terminal for analog amplifier (connected to Vcc)
Power supply input and reference voltage input to A-D converter
CTL signal input/output terminal
CTL amplifier AC Ground terminal
CTL amplifier output
CTL signal input/output terminal
Analog amplifier reference power supply output terminal
Analog amplifier reference power supply output terminal
Connected to Ground
Drum FG input
Drum PG input
Ground terminal for analog amplifier (connected to Vss)
SECAM identification input
Capstan FG input
I
I
–
IIC data (video/HiFi/tuner/ARC/modulator/VPS control)
Not used (open)
Not used (open)
I
I
–
–
–
I/O
Function
IIC clock (video/HiFi/tuner/ARC/modulator/VPS control)
Clock for NICAM-ZWEI control
Data for NICAM-ZWEI control
Not used (open)
–
–
I/O
I/O
–
O
O
I/O
S16
VEE
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
S12
S13
S14
S15
25
26
27
28
VSS
G5
G4
G3
G2
G1
VDD
G9
G8
G7
G6
S17
S18
G10
S6
S7
S8
S9
S10
S11
S5
S4
S1
S2
S3
VSS
VDD
CS
KEY1
KEY2
CLK
OSC
D OUT
D IN
LED1
LED2
LED3
LED4
Pin Name
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Pin No.
–
–
O
O
O
O
O
Grid terminal 5
Grid terminal 4
Grid terminal 3
Grid terminal 2
Grid terminal 1
Power supply (D5V)
Ground
Grid terminal 9 Not used (open)
Grid terminal 8 Not used (open)
Grid terminal 7 Not used (open)
Grid terminal 6
Power supply (–11V)
Segment terminal 17
Segment terminal 18 Not used (open)
Grid terminal 10 Not used (open)
O
O
O
O
Segment terminal 16
Function
–
O
O
O
Segment terminal 12
Segment terminal 13
Segment terminal 14
Segment terminal 15
Segment terminal 6
Segment terminal 7
Segment terminal 8
Segment terminal 9
Segment terminal 10
Segment terminal 11
Segment terminal 4
Segment terminal 5
Segment terminal 1
Segment terminal 2
Segment terminal 3
Ground
Ground
Ground
Power supply (D5V)
FLD clock
FLD chip select input
FLD IIC BUS (data) input
Not used (open)
Not used (open)
Not used (open)
Not used (open)
Terminal for osciration
Not used (open)
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
–
–
O
O
O
I
I
I
–
O
O
O
O
O
I/O
5-7. MODE CONTROL PIN FUNCTION (MA-400 BOARD IC420)
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
SECTION 6
ERROR CODES
6-1. ERROR CODE INDICATION
•
Error codes are indicated using the lower 5 digits in the fluorescent display tube.
“At this time, Colon “:”between character is not indicated.”
Mode code indication when the error has occurred.
Error code
ERROR CODE
0
No error
1
Cam encoder error Loading direction
2
Cam encoder error Unloading direction
3
T reel error
4
S reel error
5
Capstan error
6
Drum error
7
Error on initializing
8
Cassette loading error
9
Reserve
MODE CODE
0
Power-on eject
10
FWD x1
20
REW play
1
Power-on initial
2
Power-off elect
11
FWD x2
21
Cas. loading
12
CUE
22
Tape loading
3
4
Power-off stop
13
PB-pause
23
Power-off loading
FF
14
RVS-pause
24
Mecha. error (Power on)
5
REW
15
RVS x1
25
Power-on eject initial
6
REC
16
RVS x2
26
Power-off eject initial
7
REC-pause
17
REV
27
APC REC
8
Power-on stop
18
Power-off initial
28
9
PB
19
Mecha. error (Power off)
6-1
6-1E
Cas. loading
(No auto PB check)
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
SECTION 7
ADJUSTMENTS
2-1-3. Set-up of Adjustment
In this adjustment, PAL or NTSC pattern generator is connected
with LINE input signal terminal. When checking with tuner, connected AERIAL terminal. Check that the amplitudes of video signal SYNC signal, of picture portions, and of burst signals are flat
at approximately 0.3, 0.7 and 0.3 V, respectively, and that the level
ratio of the burst signal and “red” signal are 0.30: 0.66. Fig. 7-2-2.
shows video signals (color bars) used in adjusting the video section.
During the adjustment, see the Parts Arrangement
Diagram for Adjustments on Page 7-6.
7-1. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS
Refer to the SERVICE MANUAL of VHS MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT VI.
7-2. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS
PAL
2-1.
PRE-ADJUSTMENT PREPARATIONS
Necessary items and indications for total adjustment of electric
circuit of this machine will be described in this chapter.
2-1-1. Instruments to be Used
1) Color TV
2) Oscilloscope 1 or 2 phenomena, band more than 30 MHz, delay mode, as provided.
3) NTSC pattern generator
4) PAL pattern generator
5) Digital voltmeter
6) Audio level meter
7) Audio noise meter
8) Audio generator
9) Attenuator
10) Alignment tape
Part Code: 8-192-605-36 KRV-51P (PAL)
Part Code: 8-192-605-32 KRV-51N2 (NTSC)
NTSC
2-1-2. Connection
Unless otherwise specified, connect and adjust the measuring instruments as shown in the following diagram.
VIDEO LINE IN
Fig. 7-2-2
Pattern generator
VCR
Monitor TV
2-1-4. Alignment Tapes
[Alignment Tape (KRV-51N2/KRV-51P)]
1
Video output
(75 Ω)
VIDEO LINE OUT
Fig. 7-2-1
Mode
Time
Video signal
SP
Seven minutes
Color bar
2
SP
Three minutes
Monoscope
3
EP
Seven minutes
Color bar
4
EP
Three minutes
Monoscope
Audio signal
(HiFi/Normal)
400 Hz
2-1-5. Specified I/O Level and Impedance
Input/output terminal
Video inputs
LINE IN : phono jack
1 Vp-p, 75 Ω, unbalanced, sync negative
Audio inputs
LINE IN : phono jacks
47 kW, –7.5 dBs (0 dBs = 0.775 Vrms)
More than 10 kW, –4 dBs
Video outputs
LINE OUT: phono jack
1 Vp-p, 75 Ω, unbalanced, sync negative
Audio outputs
LINE OUT: phono jacks
–7.5 dBs at load impedance 47 kΩ
Output impedance : less than 10 Ω
7-1
2-1-6. Adjusting Sequence
Make the electrical adjustment in the following sequence.
2-3.
SERVO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT
2-3-1.
RF Switching Position Adjustment
(MA-400 BOARD)
Purpose:
Adjust the interval between A ch and B ch of tape playback output.
Improve the interchangeability with other tapes and sets.
When it is out of order, the interval appears on the screen, the
screen is disturbed.
Power supply adjustment
Servo system adjustment
Audio system adjustment
2-2.
2-2-1.
POWER SUPPLY ADJUSTMENTS
Power Supply Check
(SRV938EK BOARD)
Mode
E-E
Measuring Instrument
Digital voltmeter
Mode
PB
Signal
Alignment tape SP mode
color
bar
Measurement Point
CH1: VIDEO LINE OUT
CH2: Pin 2 of CN262
(RF SWP)
Measuring Instrument
Oscilloscope
Specified Value
6.5 ± 0.5 H (416 ± 32 µsec)
PAL
6.5 ± 0.5 H (410 ± 32 µsec)
NTSC
MTR12 V check
Measurement Point
Pin 5, 6 of CN201
Specified Value
13.5 ±0.4 V
Adjusting Method:
1) During playback, connect MA-400 board CN262 pin 3 and
the pin 5 for about 1 second to activate the RF switching
position adjustment mode.
2) Check appear “A P” on FL display.
3) Using the channel + and – buttons, adjust to 6.5 ± 0.5 H.
4) Press the pause button.
D6 V check
Measurement Point
Pin qf of CN201
Specified Value
5.9 ± 0.2 V
+13 V check
Measurement Point
Pin qs of CN201
Specified Value
13.6 ± 0.5 V
+38 V check
Measurement Point
Pin 2 of CN202
Specified Value
35.0 ± 3.5 V
CH1
CH2
SW 5 Vcheck
Approx. 5 Vp-p
Measurement Point
Pin qg, qh of CN201
Specified Value
5.2 ± 0.2 V
V
enlargement
+F, –F check
Measurement Point
Pin 4, 6 of CN202
Specified Value
2.9
+ 0.6
– 0.3
Vertical sync. signal
V
–11 V check
CH1
Measurement Point
Pin 3 of CN202
Specified Value
–11.5 ± 1.0 V
CH2
Checking Method:
1) Confirm that each voltage meets its specified value.
2-2-2.
Approx. 1 Vp-p
Fig. 7-2-3.
+6 V Adjustment
(SRV938EK BOARD)
Mode
REC or PB
Measuring Instrument
Digital voltmeter
Measurement Point
Pin qf of CN201
Adjusting Element
VR251
Specified Value
5.9 ± 0.2 V
6.5 ± 0.5 H
(416 ± 32 µsec) PAL
(410 ± 32 µsec) NTSC
7-2
2-4.
AUDIO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
CH1
RF SWP
• Adjust both Lch and Rch.
[Connection]
Audio
generator
Audio level meter or
distortion meter
600 Ω
47 kΩ
OK
Attenuator
VCR
CH2
NG
AUDIO LINE IN
Feed signal both
channelssimultaneously.
AUDIO LINE OUT
Fig. 7-2-5.
Fig. 7-2-4.
2. Frequency Response Check
Purpose:
Confirm that the frequency characteristic is within the specification.
2-4-1. Hi-Fi Audio System Adjustment
• Set switches and knobs to the following positions to make adjustment unless otherwise specified.
INPUT SELECT switch ................... LINE
AUDIO MONITOR .......................... STEREO
[Adjustment Sequence]
1. AF Switching Position Adjustment
2. Frequency Response Check
3. Overall Level Characteristic and Distortion Factor
Check
4. Overall S/N Check
AF Switching Position Adjustment
(MA-400 BOARD)
Purpose:
Adjust the interval between A CH and B CH of tape playback
output. Improve the interchangeability with other tapes and sets.
When it is out of order, noisy sound is increased and big noise is
heard.
Mode
REC and PB (SP, LP mode)
Signal
400 Hz, –26.3 dBs
30 Hz, –26.3 dBs
20 kHz, –26.3 dBs
Measurement point
Audio output terminal
Measurement equipment
Audio level meter
Specified value
0 ± 3 dB
1.
Mode
PB
Signal
Alignment tape SP mode
color bar
Measurement point
CH1: Pin 2 of CN262
CH2: Pin 1 of CN262
Measuring Instrument
Oscilloscope
Specified Value
Fig. 7-2-5
Note: Tape path adjustment must have been completed.
Confirmation Method:
1) Supply a signal of 400 Hz, –26.3 dBs to both L and R channels of Audio Line Input.
2) Connect the audio level meter to the Audio Line Output.
3) Adjust the attenuator so that the audio level meter will indicate –26.3 dBs.
4) Make recording.
5) Set an audio line input signal to 30 Hz and make recording.
6) Set an audio line input signal to 20 kHz and make recording.
7) Playback a recorded portion, and measure output levels at 400
Hz and 30 Hz and 20 kHz.
8) Confirm that the 30 Hz and 20 kHz playback output level within
a range of the 400 Hz playback output level 0 ± 3 dB.
Adjusting Method:
1) During playback, connect MA-400 board CN262 pin 3 and
the pin 5 for about 1 second to activate the RF switching
position adjustment mode.
2) Press the record button to activate the AF switching position
adjustment mode.
3) Check appear “A H” on FL display.
4) Using the channels + and – buttons, minimize a chipped portion. At this time, confirm that a noisy sound is not heard.
5) Press the pause button.
7-3
3. Overall Level Characteristic and Distortion Factor
Check
Purpose:
Check the record level, play level, and distortion factor against the
reference input.
Mode
2-4-2. Normal Audio System Adjustment
• Make adjustment in the SP mode, unless otherwise specified.
Use a normal VHS cassette for an adjustment tape.
• Set AUDIO MONITOR to normal.
[Adjustment Sequence]
1. ACE Head Adjustment
2. E-E Output Level Check
3. Frequency Response Check
4. Overall Level Characteristic and Distortion Factor
Check
5. Overall S/N Check
REC and PB (SP mode)
Signal
400 Hz, –6.3 dBs
Measurement point
Audio output terminal
Measurement equipment
Audio level meter and
distortion factor meter
Specified value
Playback level: –6.3 ± 2.0 dBs
Distortion factor: 1% or less
1. ACE Head Adjustment
Refer to the SERVICE MANUAL of VHS MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT VI.
Confirmation Method:
1) Supply an audio signal of 400 Hz, –6.3 dBs simultaneously to
both L and R channels of Audio Line Input.
2) Make recording
3) Play back a recorded portion.
4) Confirm that a playback level is –6.3 ± 2.0 dBs.
5) Confirm that a distortion factor is within 1%.
2. E-E Output Level Check
Purpose:
Confirm that the output level against the reference input is within
the specification.
4. Overall S/N Check
Purpose:
Confirm that the S/N is within the specification.
Mode
REC and PB (SP mode)
Signal
Short
Measurement point
Audio output terminal
Measurement equipment
Audio noise meter
Specified value
–67.5 dBs or less
Mode
E-E
Signal
L, R: 400 Hz, –6.3 dBs
Measurement point
Audio output terminal
Measurement equipment
Audio level meter
Specified value
–6.3 ± 2.0 dBs
Confirmation Method:
1) Simultaneously input a signal of 400 Hz, –6.3 dBs to both L
and R channels of Audio Line Input.
2) Confirm that the audio output level is –6.3 ± 2.0 dBs.
(This level only can appear with mono models)
Confirmation Method:
1) Connect both L and R channels of audio line input to the GND.
2) Start recording.
3) Play the recorded part to confirm that the noise is below –67.5
dBs.
3. Frequency Response Check
Purpose:
Confirm that the frequency characteristic is within the specification.
Mode
REC and PB (SP mode)
Signal
400 Hz, –26.3 dBs
7 kHz, –26.3 dBs
Measurement point
Audio output terminal
Measurement equipment
Audio level meter
Specified value
0 ± 3 dB
Tape path adjustment must have been completed.
Confirmation Method:
1) Supply a signal of 400 Hz, –26.3 dBs to both L and R channels of Audio Line Input.
2) Connect the audio level meter to the Audio Line Output.
3) Adjust the attenuator so that the audio level meter will indicate –26.3 dBs.
4) Make recording in the SP mode.
5) Set an audio line input signal to 7 kHz and make recording.
6) Playback a recorded portion, and measure output levels at 400
Hz and 7 kHz.
7) Confirm that the 7 kHz playback output level within a range
of the 400 Hz playback output level 0 ± 3 dB.
7-4
4. Overall Level Characteristic and Distortion Factor
Check
Purpose:
Check the record level, play level, and distortion factor against the
reference input.
2-5.
PARTS ARRANGEMENT DIAGRAM FOR ADJUSTMENTS
MA-400 BOARD (Side A)
6
Mode
Signal
400 Hz, –6.3 dBs
Measurement point
Audio output terminal
Measurement equipment
Audio level meter and
distortion factor meter
Specified value
Playback level: –6.3 ± 3.0 dBs
Distortion factor: 4% or less
Confirmation Method:
1) Supply an audio signal of 400 Hz, –6.3 dBs simultaneously to
both L and R channels of Audio Line Input.
2) Make recording
3) Play back a recorded portion.
4) Confirm that a playback level is –6.3 ± 3.0 dBs.
5) Confirm that a distortion factor is within 4%.
5. Overall S/N Check
Purpose:
Confirm that the S/N is within the specification.
Mode
REC and PB (SP mode)
Signal
Short
Measurement point
Audio output terminal
Measurement equipment
Audio noise meter
Specified value
–45.5 dBs or less
1
CN262
REC and PB (SP mode)
Confirmation Method:
1) Connect both L and R channels of audio line input to the GND.
2) Start recording.
3) Play the recorded part to confirm that the noise is below –45.5
dBs.
SRV938EK BOARD (Side A)
7
6
1
2
CN202
19
18
1
2
CN201
VR251
+6 V
7-5
7-6 E
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
SECTION 8
REPAIR PARTS LIST
8-1.
Ref. No.
EXPLODED VIEWS
NOTE:
• -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they may
have some difference from the original one.
• Color Indication of Appearance Parts
Example:
KNOB, BALANCE (WHITE) . . . (RED)
↑
↑
Parts Color
Cabinet's Color
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are
seldom required for routine service. Some delay
should be anticipated when ordering these items.
• The mechanical parts with no reference number in
the exploded views are not supplied.
• Hardware (# mark) list and accessories and packing materials are given in the last of the electrical
parts list.
The components identified by mark
0 or dotted line with mark 0 are
critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
8-1-1. FRONT PANEL AND CABINET ASSEMBLIES
Part No.
Description
Remark
Ref. No.
1
1
1
1
1
X-3951-270-1
X-3951-271-1
X-3951-272-1
X-3951-273-1
X-3951-274-1
PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE610: A, E, G, K, N)
PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE610B)
PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE710: D, E, K, N)
PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE710B)
PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE710: G, I)
10
1
1
1
1
1
X-3951-275-1
X-3951-276-1
X-3951-277-1
X-3951-278-1
X-3951-279-1
PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SX710: D, E, K, N)
PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SX710B)
PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SX717)
PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE810: D, E, K, N)
PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE810B)
10
1
1
1
1
1
X-3951-280-1
X-3951-281-1
X-3951-757-1
X-3951-759-1
X-3951-760-1
PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE810G)
PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SX810)
PANEL ASSY, FRONT (X9: E, D)
PANEL ASSY, FRONT (X9B)
PANEL ASSY, FRONT (X9G)
10
10
10
10
8
10
10
10
9
1
2
* 3
10
11
* 3
4
X-3951-761-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (X9N)
3-953-432-01 SPRING (GE), FL
A-6794-810-A DS-95 BOARD, COMPLETE
(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)
A-6794-812-A DS-95 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810/SX810/X9)
1-757-593-11 CABLE, FLAT (FDS-10)
(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)
10
11
9
8
9
9
(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)
2
14
1-757-594-11
1-762-844-31
A-6794-811-A
4-921-277-41
3-057-808-31
CABLE, FLAT (FDS-9) (SE810/SX810/X9)
SWITCH, ROTARY (SE810/SX810/X9)
JK-201 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810/SX810/X9)
SCREW (B2.6X8), TAPPING, BIND
CASE, UPPER (SX710/SX717/SX810)
3-057-808-51 CASE, UPPER (SE610/SE710/SE810/X9)
3-363-099-01 SCREW (CASE 3 TP2) (SX710/SX717/SX810)
3-363-099-11 SCREW (CASE 3 TP2)
(SE610/SE710/SE810/X9)
4
3
13
7
(X9: B, D, E, G)
1
6
7
(SE810/SX810/X9)
2
14
not supplied
4
3
not supplied
7
1
15
5
not supplied
8-1
8-2
Description
Remark
1-418-010-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259)
(SX717/SX810)
1-418-010-31 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259B)
(X9N)
1-418-780-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288)
(SX710: D, E, K, N)
1-418-780-21 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288A)
(SX710B)
1-418-782-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259K)
(SE810: D, E, G, K, N)
1-418-782-21 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259L)
(SE810B)
1-476-369-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259R)
(X9: D, E, G)
1-476-370-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259S)
(X9B)
1-476-406-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288B)
(SE610: A, E, G, K, N/SE710: D, E, G, I, K, N)
1-476-406-21 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288C)
(SE610B/SE710B)
13
3-709-430-01 COVER, REMOTE CONTROL
(for RMT-V259/V288/V288A/V288B/V288C)
(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717/SX810)
3-709-430-11 COVER, REMOTE CONTROL
(for RMT-V259K/V259L) (SE810)
1-476-070-11 CONTROLLER, STB/SAT (RMT-CM103)
(X9: B, D, E)
1-476-070-21 CONTROLLER, STB/SAT (RMT-CM103) (X9G)
14
14
14
15
15
3-053-436-01
3-053-436-11
4-942-568-61
3-057-801-11
3-057-801-31
11
4
5
* 6
7
8
Part No.
13
EMBLEM (NO.5), SONY (SX710/SX717/SX810)
EMBLEM (NO.5), SONY (SE610/SE710/SE810)
EMBLEM (NO.5), SONY (X9)
RING (H), CHANGE SPEED (SX810)
RING (H), CHANGE SPEED (SE810/X9)
8-1-3. MECHANISM CHASSIS ASSEMBLY (1)
8-1-2. CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
not
supplied
53
707
54
#1
#3
52
52
52
#1
708
712
711
not supplied
709
55
706
704
710
51
705
723
52
not
supplied
702
52
713
720
722
725
703
701
724
not
supplied
701
721
714
716
719
56
715
717
The components identified by mark
0 or dotted line with mark 0 are
critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
52
57
Ref. No.
Part No.
* 51
A-6713-793-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE
(SE710D/SX710D/SX717D)
A-6713-794-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE
(SE710B/SX710B)
A-6713-795-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810B)
A-6713-796-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810D/SX810)
A-6713-797-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810G)
*
*
*
*
*
A-6713-798-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE710G)
A-6713-799-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE
(SE710E/SX710E/SX717E)
A-6713-800-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE710I)
A-6713-801-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810E)
A-6713-802-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610G)
* 51
* 51
* 51
* 51
* 51
* 51
* 51
* 51
* 51
* 51
*
*
*
*
51
51
51
51
A-6713-803-A
A-6713-804-A
A-6713-805-A
A-6713-806-A
Description
Remark
Ref. No.
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610A)
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610B)
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610E)
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9G)
8-3
51
51
51
51
51
* 51
Part No.
A-6713-807-A
A-6713-808-A
A-6713-809-A
A-6713-810-A
A-6713-811-A
Description
Remark
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9D)
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9B)
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9E)
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810N/X9N)
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810K)
* 51
* 51
52
A-6713-812-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE
(SE710N/SX710N)
A-6713-813-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE
(SE710K/SX710K)
A-6713-814-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610N)
A-6713-815-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610K)
3-970-608-21 SUMITITE (B3), +BV
53
54
0 55
* 56
57
1-757-537-11
1-792-022-11
1-782-012-11
1-468-458-14
3-057-805-01
CABLE, FLAT (FAC-9)
CABLE, FLAT (FFM-001)
CORD, POWER
POWER BLOCK (SRV938EK)
BASE, MD (R), KS
718
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
701
702
703
704
705
3-977-509-01
3-977-507-01
3-977-508-01
1-500-471-11
3-977-495-01
WASHER, THRUST
TABLE, REEL (S)
TABLE, REEL (T)
HEAD, FE
SHAFT TG2
Remark
Ref. No.
714
715
716
717
718
3-063-773-02
3-977-441-03
3-977-445-02
3-062-763-01
X-3950-964-1
OPENER, LID (SL)
GEAR, PINCH PRESSING
GEAR, TG8 ARM DRIVING
SPRING, EXTENSION (RVS BRAKE)
ARM ASSY, RVS BRAKE (SL)
706
707
708
709
710
3-977-494-01
A-6776-359-C
3-977-535-01
3-977-536-01
3-977-443-01
HOLDER, FEH
FL COMPLETE ASSY (SL)
PLATE, LUMINOUS (END SENSOR)
PLATE, LUMINOUS (TOP SENSOR)
WASHER, STOPPER
719
720
721
722
723
3-063-756-01
X-3947-590-1
A-6775-791-A
3-974-556-11
3-979-508-01
GEAR, TG8 ARM H/R
TG8 ASSY
ACE BLOCK ASSY (EURO 3)
+ HEXA TT 2.6X9 (TAPER)
SCREW +HEXA TP SW 3X8
711
712
713
A-6759-863-B PRESS BLOCK ASSY, PINCH
3-958-455-01 SPRING (PINCH), TENSION
3-977-447-01 GEAR, ELEVATOR
724
725
3-059-958-01 SPRING, TG 8
3-051-300-03 LOCK ACE SCREW
8-4
Part No.
Description
Remark
8-1-4. MECHANISM CHASSIS ASSEMBLY (2)
767
770
768
769
761
#3
764
762
758
763
760
772
763
757
#4
766
756
765
755
754
752
753
759
751
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
751
752
753
754
755
X-3949-363-1
3-053-882-01
X-3947-573-1
X-3951-005-1
3-063-772-01
BRAKE ASSY, MAIN (T)
SPRING, TENS (MAIN BRAKE)
ARM ASSY, PENDULUM
BRAKE ASSY, MAIN (S) (B) H/R
LEVER, REC PROOF (SL)
756
757
758
759
760
3-976-767-01
3-977-487-01
X-3950-966-1
3-063-958-01
3-977-488-01
SPRING, TENS. (REC. PROOF)
BOSS, TG1 FULCRUM
TG1 ASSY (SL)
SPRING, COMP (SL PEND)
SPRING (POWER TENSION)
761
762
A-6775-463-A SHUTTLE (S) BLOCK ASSY, ST
X-3948-050-1 ROLLER ASSY, GUIDE
Remark
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
763
764
765
766
767
3-965-178-01
3-062-687-01
A-6750-328-E
3-977-501-01
A-6746-074-G
SPRING
BASE, DRUM, K (UPPER MOTOR)
SHUTTLE (T) BLOCK ASSY
PLATE, LUMINOUS
ROLLER BLOCK ASSY, HC
768
769
770
X-3947-255-1 ROLLER ASSY, HC
3-975-724-07 ARM, HC
1-772-364-11 DRUM ASSY, DZH-0B5A-R
(EXCEPT SE610B/SE710B/
SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-772-365-11 DRUM ASSY, DZH-0B6A-R
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
X-3949-910-1 G. ROLLER ASSY
770
772
8-5
Remark
8-1-5. MECHANISM CHASSIS ASSEMBLY (3)
805
815
817
803
M902
816
818
803
814
#3
812
829
828
811
813
825
810
819
820
808
809 not
827
821
826
807
supplied
822
806
804
823
824
M903
803
801
802
not
supplied
#5
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Part No.
Description
801
802
803
804
805
3-977-437-01
X-3949-364-1
3-977-443-01
3-063-760-01
3-056-952-11
RETAINER, CAM MOTOR
ASSY, REEL DIRECT SELECT (B)
WASHER, STOPPER
WORM-WHEEL H/R
WASHER, STOPPER
Remark
Ref. No.
817
818
819
820
821
3-063-755-01
3-063-768-01
3-063-757-01
3-977-456-03
X-3948-132-2
GEAR, CAM H/R
SLIDER (SL)
GEAR, LOADING (T) H/R
SPRING, TORSION (LOAD T)
LEVER ASSY, LOADING (T)
806
807
808
809
810
3-977-444-01
3-977-515-01
3-977-517-01
3-977-519-01
3-977-518-02
GEAR, PINCH TRANSMISSION
GUIDE, FL SLIDER
PLATE, SLIDE, FL
SPRING, TENS. (LIMIT, FL)
PLATE, LIMITTER, FL
822
823
824
825
826
3-977-451-01
3-977-452-01
X-3948-131-1
3-977-489-01
3-977-468-01
GEAR, LOADING (S)
SPRING, TORSION (LOAD S)
LEVER ASSY, LOADING (S)
ARM, TG1 DRIVING
SHAFT, CAPSTAN BRAKE
811
812
813
814
815
3-977-516-01
3-977-877-01
3-977-504-01
X-3949-365-1
3-977-510-01
HOLDER, FL SLIDER
PLATE, RETAINER
GEAR, CLUTCH
GEAR ASSY PULLEY (B)
BELT, RUBBER
827
828
829
M902
M903
3-977-467-02
X-3950-965-1
3-063-823-01
1-698-971-11
X-3947-577-1
SPRING, CAP BRAKE
BRAKE ASSY, CAPSTAN (SL)
SPRING, COMP (LIMITTER LOW K)
MOTOR, DC (CAPSTAN)
MOTOR ASSY, CAM
816
3-056-824-01 WASHER, STOPPER
8-6
Remark
DS-95
JK-201
8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
NOTE:
• Due to standardization, replacements in the
parts list may be different from the parts specified in the diagrams or the components used
on the set.
• -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they
may have some difference from the original
one.
• RESISTORS
All resistors are in ohms.
METAL: Metal-film resistor.
METAL OXIDE: Metal oxide-film resistor.
F: nonflammable
Ref. No.
Part No.
*
A-6794-810-A DS-95 BOARD, COMPLETE
(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)
A-6794-812-A DS-95 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810/SX810/X9)
*********************
(Ref.No. 1,000 Series)
*
Description
Remark
Ref. No.
< CONNECTOR >
CN450
CN451
CN453
1-770-514-31 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P (SE810/SX810/X9)
1-770-519-31 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 11P (SE810/SX810/X9)
1-770-514-31 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P
(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)
Part No.
When indicating parts by reference
number, please include the board.
Description
Remark
S453
1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (N)
(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)
S454
S455
S456
S457
1-786-097-21
1-786-097-21
1-786-097-21
1-786-097-21
SWITCH, TACT (JOG) (SE810/SX810/X9)
SWITCH, TACT (M)
SWITCH, TACT (X)
SWITCH, TACT (A)
A-6794-811-A JK-201 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810/SX810/X9)
***********************
(Ref.No. 1,000 Series)
*
< DIODE >
D450
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they
are seldom required for routine service.
Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items.
• SEMICONDUCTORS
In each case, u: µ, for example:
uA. . : µA. .
uPA. .
: µPA. .
uPB. . : µPB. . uPC. .
: µPC. .
uPD. . : µPD. .
• CAPACITORS
uF: µF
• COILS
uH: µH
• Not all of the parts for POWER BLOCK
(SRV938EK) are listed.
< CAPACITOR >
8-719-056-06 DIODE SLR-342DCT31 (JOG)
(SE810/SX810/X9)
C481
C491
C493
1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
10%
10%
10%
50V
50V
50V
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
< SHORT >
< DIODE >
JS450
1-216-295-11 SHORT
0
(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)
< TRANSISTOR >
Q450
8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR
PDTC144EK-115
(SE810/SX810/X9)
< RESISTOR >
1-249-408-11 CARBON
180
R451
R452
R453
R454
1-216-057-00
1-249-417-11
1-216-053-00
1-216-057-00
METAL CHIP
CARBON
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
2.2K
1K
1.5K
2.2K
R455
R456
R457
R458
1-216-061-00
1-249-425-11
1-249-417-11
1-216-053-00
METAL CHIP
CARBON
CARBON
METAL CHIP
3.3K
4.7K
1K
1.5K
5%
1/4W F
(SE810/SX810/X9)
5%
1/10W
5%
1/4W F
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/4W F
1/4W F
1/10W
< SWITCH >
S450
S451
S452
1-418-156-11 ENCODER, ROTARYRY (DIAL TIMER)
(SE810/SX810/X9)
1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (z)
1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (m)
1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (x)
(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)
8-7
8-719-070-59
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
PDZ6.8B-115
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
< JACK >
J481
R450
S410
D480
D481
D490
D491
1-695-865-11 JACK, PIN 3P (LINE-2 IN)
< RESISTOR >
R480
R490
R491
1-216-022-00 METAL CHIP
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
75
470
470
MA-400
Ref. No.
Part No.
*
A-6713-793-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE
(SE710D/SX710D/SX717D)
A-6713-794-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE
(SE710B/SX710B)
A-6713-795-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810B)
A-6713-796-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810D/SX810)
A-6713-797-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810G)
*
*
*
*
Description
Remark
Ref. No.
*
*
*
A-6713-798-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE710G)
A-6713-799-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE
(SE710E/SX710E/SX717E)
A-6713-800-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE710I)
A-6713-801-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810E)
A-6713-802-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610G)
*
*
*
*
*
A-6713-803-A
A-6713-804-A
A-6713-805-A
A-6713-806-A
A-6713-807-A
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610A)
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610B)
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610E)
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9G)
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9D)
*
*
*
*
*
A-6713-808-A
A-6713-809-A
A-6713-810-A
A-6713-811-A
A-6713-812-A
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9B)
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9E)
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810N/X9N)
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810K)
MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE
(SE710N/SX710N)
*
A-6713-813-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE
*
*
(SE710K/SX710K)
A-6713-814-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610N)
A-6713-815-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610K)
***********************
(Ref.No. 1,000 Series)
*
*
3-057-806-01 BASE, FL
3-058-480-02 HOLDER, FLO
3-960-273-11 SPACER, TOP END
< CAPACITOR >
C100
C101
C102
C103
C105
1-163-009-11
1-163-009-11
1-163-009-11
1-128-057-11
1-163-009-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
330uF
0.001uF
10%
10%
10%
20%
10%
50V
50V
50V
6.3V
50V
C107
C108
C113
C114
C115
1-104-664-11
1-127-573-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-163-038-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
1uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.1uF
20%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
25V
25V
25V
C120
C121
C122
C123
C131
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-124-589-11
1-162-970-11
1-124-589-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
0.01uF
0.01uF
47uF
0.01uF
47uF
10%
10%
20%
10%
20%
25V
25V
16V
25V
16V
C133
C134
C140
C141
C142
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-126-933-11
1-162-970-11
1-163-037-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
100uF
0.01uF
0.022uF
10%
10%
20%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
25V
25V
C143
C144
C145
C146
C147
1-126-965-11
1-126-965-11
1-126-933-11
1-164-161-11
1-107-826-11
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
22uF
22uF
100uF
0.0022uF
0.1uF
20%
50V
20%
50V
20%
16V
10%
100V
10%
16V
(SE810/SX810/X9)
8-8
Part No.
Description
C160
C161
C162
C163
C164
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-104-905-11
1-162-970-11
1-126-933-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CAPACITOR
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.22F
0.01uF
100uF
Remark
10%
20%
25V
25V
5.5V
25V
16V
C165
C166
C167
C168
C169
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-163-809-11
1-163-231-11
1-163-237-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.047uF
15PF
27PF
10%
10%
10%
5%
5%
25V
25V
25V
50V
50V
C170
C171
C172
C173
C174
1-107-826-11
1-163-229-11
1-163-227-11
1-163-007-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
12PF
10PF
680PF
0.1uF
10%
5%
0.5PF
10%
10%
16V
50V
50V
50V
16V
C201
C202
C203
C204
C205
1-126-965-11
1-163-809-11
1-163-037-11
1-126-960-11
1-107-826-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
22uF
0.047uF
0.022uF
1uF
0.1uF
20%
10%
10%
20%
10%
50V
25V
25V
50V
16V
C206
C207
C209
C210
C211
1-104-664-11 ELECT
47uF
20%
16V
1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10%
25V
1-126-960-11 ELECT
1uF
20%
50V
1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
C212
C213
C214
C215
C217
1-162-970-11
1-126-960-11
1-162-970-11
1-124-589-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
1uF
0.01uF
47uF
0.1uF
10%
20%
10%
20%
10%
25V
50V
25V
16V
16V
C218
C219
C220
C221
C222
1-162-970-11
1-126-960-11
1-124-261-00
1-107-826-11
1-126-160-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
0.01uF
1uF
10uF
0.1uF
1uF
10%
20%
20%
10%
20%
25V
50V
50V
16V
50V
C223
C224
C225
C226
C227
1-107-826-11
1-162-970-11
1-104-664-11
1-107-823-11
1-126-964-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
0.1uF
0.01uF
47uF
0.47uF
10uF
10%
10%
20%
10%
20%
16V
25V
16V
16V
50V
C228
C229
C230
C231
C232
1-109-982-11
1-126-964-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
10uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
20%
10%
10%
10%
10V
50V
16V
16V
16V
C233
C234
C236
C237
C238
1-104-664-11
1-163-255-11
1-163-259-91
1-126-960-11
1-163-237-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
150PF
220PF
1uF
27PF
20%
5%
5%
20%
5%
16V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C239
C240
C241
C242
C243
1-107-826-11
1-162-970-11
1-126-960-11
1-126-960-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.01uF
1uF
1uF
0.1uF
C244
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP
10%
10%
10%
16V
10%
25V
20%
50V
20%
50V
10%
16V
(SE810/SX810/X9)
0.1uF
10%
16V
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
MA-400
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
C245
C247
C248
C249
1-163-989-11
1-104-664-11
1-124-589-11
1-163-243-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
Remark
C250
1-163-243-11 CERAMIC CHIP
C251
1-163-243-11 CERAMIC CHIP
C252
C281
C282
1-163-243-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-164-489-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP
5%
50V
(SE810/SX810/X9)
47PF
5%
50V
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
47PF
5%
50V
0.22uF
10%
16V
0.022uF 10%
25V
C284
C285
C286
C288
C293
1-162-970-11
1-124-589-11
1-107-826-11
1-162-970-11
1-163-251-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
47uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
100PF
10%
20%
10%
10%
5%
25V
16V
16V
25V
50V
C295
C296
C297
C298
C299
1-162-970-11
1-163-227-11
1-163-227-11
1-163-227-11
1-163-227-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
10PF
10PF
10PF
10PF
10%
0.5PF
0.5PF
0.5PF
0.5PF
25V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C303
C304
C306
C307
C308
1-163-038-11
1-162-970-11
1-104-664-11
1-104-664-11
1-126-964-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
0.1uF
0.01uF
47uF
47uF
10uF
10%
20%
20%
20%
25V
25V
16V
16V
50V
C309
C310
C311
C312
C313
1-163-020-00
1-119-799-11
1-126-964-11
1-124-257-00
1-126-964-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
0.0082uF
47uF
10uF
2.2uF
10uF
10%
20%
20%
20%
20%
50V
16V
50V
50V
50V
C314
C315
C316
C317
C319
1-119-799-11
1-163-020-00
1-126-964-11
1-164-489-11
1-124-261-00
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
47uF
0.0082uF
10uF
0.22uF
10uF
20%
10%
20%
10%
20%
16V
50V
50V
16V
50V
C320
C322
C323
C324
C325
1-126-964-11
1-126-964-11
1-163-038-11
1-162-970-11
1-164-489-11
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
10uF
10uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
0.22uF
20%
20%
50V
50V
25V
25V
16V
C326
C327
C328
1-164-489-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-164-489-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-126-960-11 ELECT
0.22uF
0.22uF
1uF
C329
1-126-960-11 ELECT
1uF
C330
1-126-960-11 ELECT
1uF
C331
C332
1-126-960-11 ELECT
1-126-960-11 ELECT
C333
1-126-960-11 ELECT
C336
C337
1-126-964-11 ELECT
1-124-261-00 ELECT
0.033uF
47uF
47uF
47PF
10%
20%
20%
5%
Ref. No.
25V
16V
16V
50V
47PF
10%
10%
10%
16V
10%
16V
20%
50V
(SE810/SX810/X9)
20%
50V
(SE810/SX810/X9)
20%
50V
1uF
20%
50V
1uF
20%
50V
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1uF
20%
50V
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
10uF
20%
50V
10uF
20%
50V
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
8-9
Part No.
Description
Remark
C338
1-124-261-00 ELECT
C351
C352
C353
C354
1-126-965-11
1-126-963-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
10uF
20%
50V
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
ELECT
22uF
20%
50V
ELECT
4.7uF
20%
50V
CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
C355
C357
C358
C359
1-124-589-11
1-124-589-11
1-107-826-11
1-137-374-11
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
MYLAR
C359
1-137-462-11 MYLAR
C361
C362
C363
C365
C366
1-126-163-11
1-128-131-11
1-124-242-00
1-163-010-11
1-163-011-11
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
4.7uF
22uF
33uF
0.0012uF
0.0015uF
20%
20%
20%
10%
10%
50V
50V
25V
50V
50V
C367
C368
C369
C370
C374
1-162-970-11
1-126-964-11
1-126-960-11
1-124-589-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
10uF
1uF
47uF
0.1uF
10%
20%
20%
20%
10%
25V
50V
50V
16V
16V
C375
C390
1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-137-397-11 MYLAR
C391
1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP
C392
1-163-011-11 CERAMIC CHIP
C393
1-126-933-11 ELECT
C394
1-163-251-11 CERAMIC CHIP
100PF
C395
C420
C423
C424
1-107-826-11
1-124-589-11
1-162-970-11
1-124-261-00
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
0.1uF
47uF
0.01uF
10uF
C427
C500
C501
C502
C503
1-124-635-00
1-163-131-00
1-163-131-00
1-163-131-00
1-163-131-00
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
220uF
390PF
390PF
390PF
390PF
C510
C511
C512
C513
C514
1-162-970-11
1-104-664-11
1-104-664-11
1-126-935-11
1-163-239-11
CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
ELECT
47uF
20%
16V
ELECT
47uF
20%
16V
ELECT
470uF
20%
6.3V
CERAMIC CHIP 33PF
5%
50V
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
C515
1-163-239-11 CERAMIC CHIP 33PF
5%
50V
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-163-017-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 5%
50V
1-163-131-00 CERAMIC CHIP 390PF
5%
50V
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-163-131-00 CERAMIC CHIP 390PF
5%
50V
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-163-131-00 CERAMIC CHIP 390PF
5%
50V
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
C516
C570
C571
C572
47uF
20%
16V
47uF
20%
16V
0.1uF
10%
16V
0.047uF 5%
50V
(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)
0.018uF 5%
100V
(SE810/SX810/X9)
0.01uF
0.047uF
10%
25V
5%
100V
(SE810/SX810/X9)
0.01uF
10%
25V
(SE810/SX810/X9)
0.0015uF 10%
50V
(SE810/SX810/X9)
100uF
20%
16V
(SE810/SX810/X9)
5%
50V
(SE810/SX810/X9)
10%
16V
20%
16V
10%
25V
20%
50V
20%
5%
5%
5%
5%
6.3V
50V
50V
50V
50V
MA-400
Ref. No.
C573
Part No.
Description
Remark
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remark
C874
1-163-038-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
C875
1-126-935-11 ELECT
470uF
C580
C611
C612
C613
1-163-131-00 CERAMIC CHIP 390PF
5%
50V
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
1-127-876-21 CERAMIC
0.01uF
10%
50V
1-104-664-11 ELECT
47uF
20%
25V
1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
1-126-933-11 ELECT
100uF
20%
16V
C970
1-163-259-91
C971
1-124-257-00
C618
C621
1-126-965-11 ELECT
1-124-635-00 ELECT
C972
1-163-017-00
C973
1-162-970-11
C974
1-126-160-11 ELECT
C975
1-163-037-11
C976
1-163-259-91
C977
1-162-970-11
C978
1-163-017-00
1-163-255-11 CERAMIC CHIP 150PF
5%
50V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF
10%
16V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-163-007-11 CERAMIC CHIP 680PF
10%
50V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10%
50V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
22uF
20%
50V
220uF
20%
6.3V
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
15PF
5%
50V
15PF
5%
50V
0.0047uF 5%
50V
C660
C661
C662
1-163-231-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-163-231-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-163-017-00 CERAMIC CHIP
C663
C664
C665
C666
C667
1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF
10%
16V
1-163-245-11 CERAMIC CHIP 56PF
5%
50V
(SE610: B, K, N/SE710: B, K, N/SE810: B, K, N/
SX710: B, K, N/X9: B, N)
1-163-135-00 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF
5%
50V
1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
C668
C669
C670
C671
C672
1-125-972-91
1-163-016-00
1-109-982-11
1-163-235-11
1-162-970-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
100uF
0.0039uF
1uF
22PF
0.01uF
20%
10%
10%
5%
10%
16V
50V
10V
50V
25V
C979
C701
C702
C704
C705
C708
1-126-964-11
1-164-161-11
1-126-964-11
1-163-021-91
1-104-664-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
10uF
0.0022uF
10uF
0.01uF
47uF
20%
10%
20%
10%
20%
50V
100V
50V
50V
16V
C982
C709
C710
C711
C712
C713
1-162-970-11
1-126-965-11
1-104-664-11
1-163-241-11
1-163-241-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
22uF
47uF
39PF
39PF
10%
20%
20%
5%
5%
25V
50V
16V
50V
50V
C714
C720
C730
C731
C752
1-104-664-11
1-163-021-91
1-126-964-11
1-126-964-11
1-126-933-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
47uF
0.01uF
10uF
10uF
100uF
20%
10%
20%
20%
20%
16V
50V
50V
50V
16V
C753
C754
C755
C757
C801
1-107-826-11
1-126-935-11
1-107-826-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
470uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
20%
10%
10%
10%
16V
6.3V
16V
25V
25V
C850
C851
1-163-038-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF
25V
1-126-964-11 ELECT
10uF
20%
50V
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-164-161-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10%
100V
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-163-989-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10%
25V
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-164-489-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF
10%
16V
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
C980
C981
C983
C984
C985
C986
C987
C852
C853
C855
C856
C871
C872
C873
C988
C991
C992
C993
C994
1-163-038-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF
25V
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
1-104-664-11 ELECT
47uF
20%
16V
(X9: B, D, E, G)
1-163-038-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF
25V
(X9: B, D, E, G)
C995
C996
25V
(X9: B, D, E, G)
20%
6.3V
(X9: B, D, E, G)
CERAMIC CHIP 220PF
5%
50V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
ELECT
2.2uF
20%
50V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 5%
50V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1uF
20%
50V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10%
25V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
CERAMIC CHIP 220PF
5%
50V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 5%
50V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-163-251-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF
5%
50V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-124-261-00 ELECT
10uF
20%
50V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-124-465-00 ELECT
0.47uF
20%
50V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-163-251-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF
5%
50V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF
10%
16V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF
10%
25V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-125-972-91 ELECT
100uF
20%
16V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-163-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF
0.5PF 50V
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
< CONNECTOR >
CN101
CN102
* CN104
* CN161
CN260
1-784-484-11
1-779-723-11
1-766-716-11
1-506-469-11
1-784-490-11
* CN262
CN350
CN460
1-560-894-00 PIN, CONNECTOR 6P
1-784-486-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 7P
1-784-490-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 11P (SE810/SX810/X9)
8-10
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P
CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 9P
CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 3P
PIN, CONNECTOR 4P
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 11P
MA-400
Ref. No.
CN461
CN500
* CN501
CN570
CN570
CN600
CN601
Part No.
Description
Remark
Ref. No.
1-784-484-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P
(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)
1-793-918-11 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 21P
(LINE-1 (TV)) (SE610: A, G, K, N)
1-568-954-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 5P (SE810/SX810/X9)
1-793-917-11 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 21P
(LINE-1 (TV), DECODER/LINE-2 IN)
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SX710/SX717)
1-793-917-11 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 21P
(LINE-1 (TV), DECODER/LINE-3 IN)
(SE810/SX810/X9)
1-778-674-21 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 19P
1-793-673-11 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 7P
IC351
IC420
IC460
0 IC601
IC850
IC970
J500
J871
8-719-048-26
8-719-200-82
8-719-067-40
8-719-071-50
8-719-071-50
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
D502
D503
D504
D570
8-719-070-59
8-719-977-40
8-719-070-59
8-719-071-50
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
D571
D572
GL528V1 (T/S LED)
MPG06D-6052PKG3
STZ6.8N-T146
BZA408B-115
BZA408B-115
PDZ6.8B-115
UDZ-TE-17-13B
PDZ6.8B-115
BZA408B-115
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
8-719-070-59 DIODE PDZ6.8B-115
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
D606
D607
D702
D720
D721
D750
8-719-200-82
8-719-982-26
8-719-911-19
8-719-911-19
8-719-200-82
D800
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25TD
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
8-719-070-59 DIODE PDZ6.8B-115 (X9)
8-719-070-59 DIODE PDZ6.8B-115 (X9)
8-719-070-59 DIODE PDZ6.8B-115 (X9)
D871
D872
D873
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
MPG06D-6052PKG3
MTZJ-T-77-33
1SS119-25TD
1SS119-25TD
MPG06D-6052PKG3
< IC >
IC130
IC160
IC161
IC161
IC162
IC162
IC201
IC301
8-759-645-07
8-759-248-87
8-759-682-41
8-759-714-06
Remark
8-759-830-96 IC SFH5110-40
8-759-438-18 IC PQ12RD08
8-759-484-61 IC SDA5650X-GEG
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
8-759-438-17 IC LA7337
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-784-414-11 JACK, PIN 2P (LINE-2 OUT)
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-779-013-11 JACK, MINIATURE (STB CONTROL)
(X9: B, D, E, G)
< JUMPER RESISTOR >
8-719-977-40 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-13B
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
8-719-070-59 DIODE PDZ6.8B-115
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25TD
8-719-200-82 DIODE MPG06D-6052PKG3
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
8-719-200-82 DIODE MPG06D-6052PKG3
D573
D590
D603
Description
< JACK >
< DIODE >
D100
D110
D424
D500
D501
Part No.
8-759-499-30 IC BA7755AF-E2
8-759-643-83 IC uPD16315GB-3BS
IC
IC
IC
IC
LB1943N
MM1256XF-BE
M24C32-WMN6T (A) (X9: B, D, E, G)
M24C16-WMN6T (A)
(SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/
SX717/SX810/X9N)
8-759-694-68 IC M37970MGA-051GP (SE610)
8-759-694-69 IC M37970MGA-050GP
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
8-759-699-51 IC LA71710M-MPB-E
8-759-638-55 IC TDA9605H/N2, 518
8-11
JR001
JR003
JR004
JR006
JR007
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
JR008
JR009
JR010
JR011
JR012
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
JR013
JR014
JR015
JR016
JR017
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
JR018
JR019
JR020
JR021
JR022
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
JR201
JR202
JR203
JR204
JR205
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
JR206
JR207
JR208
JR209
JR210
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
JR211
JR212
JR213
JR214
JR215
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
JR216
JR217
JR219
JR220
JR221
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
JR222
JR223
1-216-296-11 SHORT
1-216-296-11 SHORT
0
0
The components identified by mark
0 or dotted line with mark 0 are
critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
MA-400
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remark
JR224
JR225
JR226
1-216-296-11 SHORT
1-216-296-11 SHORT
1-216-296-11 SHORT
0
0
0
JR227
JR228
JR229
JR230
JR231
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
JR232
JR233
JR234
JR235
JR236
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
JR238
JR239
JR240
JR241
JR242
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
JR243
JR244
JR245
JR246
JR247
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
JR248
JR249
JR251
JR252
JR253
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
JR254
JR255
JR256
JR257
JR258
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
JR259
JR260
JR261
JR262
JR263
1-216-296-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-295-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
JR264
JR265
JR266
JS351
JS591
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0 (SE810/SX810/X9)
0
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remark
L254
1-414-479-11 INDUCTOR
L255
L281
L301
1-414-479-11 INDUCTOR
1-414-940-21 INDUCTOR
1-414-940-21 INDUCTOR
47nH
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
47nH
100uH
100uH
L351
L352
L353
L355
L356
1-414-940-21
1-414-940-21
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
100uH
100uH
0
0
0
L357
L358
L359
L360
L361
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
L362
L390
L460
L510
L660
1-216-295-11
1-410-687-11
1-414-938-21
1-414-940-21
1-414-930-21
SHORT
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
0
1.2mH (SE810/SX810/X9)
47uH
100uH
2.2uH
L661
1-414-936-21 INDUCTOR
22uH
(SE610: B, K, N/SE710: B, K, N/SE810: B, K, N/
SX710: B, K, N/X9: B, N)
1-414-936-21 INDUCTOR
22uH
1-414-936-21 INDUCTOR
22uH
1-414-930-21 INDUCTOR
2.2uH
1-414-930-21 INDUCTOR
2.2uH
L662
L663
L701
L750
L751
L871
L970
L971
L972
L973
L975
1-414-934-21 INDUCTOR
10uH
1-414-934-21 INDUCTOR
10uH (X9: B, D, E, G)
1-414-933-21 INDUCTOR
6.8uH
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-414-945-21 INDUCTOR
27uH
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-414-938-21 INDUCTOR
47uH
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-414-938-21 INDUCTOR
47uH
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-414-934-21 INDUCTOR
10uH
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
< FLUORESCENT INDICATOR >
ND420
1-518-741-11 TUBE, FLUORESCENT INDICATOR
< PHOTO INTERRUPTER >
< COIL >
L140
L160
L161
L201
L202
1-414-936-21
1-414-936-21
1-414-936-21
1-414-934-21
1-414-934-21
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
22uH
22uH
22uH
10uH
10uH
L203
L204
L205
L251
L252
1-414-934-21
1-414-934-21
1-414-940-21
1-414-479-11
1-414-479-11
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
10uH
10uH
100uH
47nH
47nH
L253
1-414-479-11 INDUCTOR
PH100
PH101
8-749-015-86 PHOTO INTERRUPTER GP3S120S
8-749-015-86 PHOTO INTERRUPTER GP3S120S
< IC LINK >
0 PS120
0 PS390
0 PS602
1-532-605-00 LINK, IC (0.4A)
1-532-727-11 LINK, IC (0.25A) (SE810/SX810/X9)
1-532-727-11 LINK, IC (0.25A) (SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
< TRANSISTOR >
Q100
Q101
Q102
47nH (SE810/SX810/X9)
8-12
8-729-043-84 TRANSISTOR
8-729-043-84 TRANSISTOR
8-729-281-53 TRANSISTOR
PT380F3
PT380F3
2SC1815GR-TPE2
The components identified by mark
0 or dotted line with mark 0 are
critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
MA-400
Ref. No.
Q140
Q201
Part No.
Description
Remark
Ref. No.
8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR
2PD601AR-115
(SE810/SX810/X9)
8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR
2PD601AR-115
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
Q973
Q974
Q975
Q202
Q351
Q352
Q390
8-729-216-22
8-729-821-15
8-729-281-53
8-729-900-51
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
Q391
8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR
Q392
8-729-012-31 TRANSISTOR
Q501
Q502
Q510
Q540
8-729-043-32
8-729-043-29
8-729-216-22
8-729-216-22
Q541
Q590
Q591
Q592
Q607
2PB709AR-115
2SD1620-TD
2SC1815GR-TPE2
UN2115-QRS (TX)
(SE810/SX810/X9)
PDTC144EK-115
(SE810/SX810/X9)
2SC4040-TL2-Q
(SE810/SX810/X9)
TRANSISTOR
PDTA114EK-115
TRANSISTOR
PDTC144EK-115
TRANSISTOR
2PB709AR-115
TRANSISTOR
2PB709AR-115
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N
/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR
2PB709AR-115
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/SX710/SX717/
SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR
2PD601AR-115
8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR
2PD601AR-115
8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR
2PB709AR-115
8-729-804-41 TRANSISTOR
2SB1122-ST-TD
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
Q608
8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR
PDTC144EK-115
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
2SB1122-ST-TD
PDTC144EK-115
2PB709AR-115
2PB709AR-115
Q612
Q613
Q660
Q661
8-729-804-41
8-729-043-29
8-729-216-22
8-729-216-22
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
Q720
Q721
Q751
Q752
Q800
8-729-119-76
8-729-043-29
8-729-043-29
8-729-216-22
8-729-216-22
TRANSISTOR
2SA1309A-QRSTA
TRANSISTOR
PDTC144EK-115
TRANSISTOR
PDTC144EK-115
TRANSISTOR
2PB709AR-115
TRANSISTOR
2PB709AR-115
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
Q801
8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR
2PD601AR-115
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR
2PD601AR-115
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR
2PD601AR-115
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR
PDTC144EK-115
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR
2PB709AR-115
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
Q976
Q977
Q803
Q804
Q850
2PD601AR-115
(X9: B, D, E, G)
TRANSISTOR
2SD999-T1CL
(X9: B, D, E, G)
TRANSISTOR
2PD601AR-115
(X9: B, D, E, G)
TRANSISTOR
2PB709AR-115
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
TRANSISTOR
PDTA114EK-115
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
Remark
R100
R101
R102
R103
R104
1-216-077-91
1-249-413-11
1-216-077-91
1-216-081-00
1-216-821-11
RES-CHIP
CARBON
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
15K
470
15K
22K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/4W F
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
R105
R106
R107
R108
R114
1-216-057-00
1-249-400-11
1-249-400-11
1-216-081-00
1-216-089-11
METAL CHIP
CARBON
CARBON
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
2.2K
39
39
22K
47K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/4W F
1/4W F
1/10W
1/10W
R115
R120
R121
R123
R124
1-216-089-11
1-216-089-11
1-216-089-11
1-249-425-11
1-249-413-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
CARBON
CARBON
47K
47K
47K
4.7K
470
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W F
1/4W F
R130
R132
R133
R140
1-216-077-91
1-216-817-11
1-216-089-11
1-216-833-11
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
15K
470
47K
10K
R141
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
R142
R143
R145
R146
R160
1-216-051-00
1-216-065-91
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-053-00
R160
1-216-061-00 METAL CHIP
3.3K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-067-00 METAL CHIP
5.6K
5%
1/10W
(SE610: K, N/SE710: K, N/SE810: K, N/SX710: K, N/X9N)
1-216-295-11 SHORT
0
(SE610: A, E/SE710: D, E/SE810: D, E/
SX710: D, E/SX717/SX810/X9: D, E)
1-216-053-00 METAL CHIP
1.5K
5%
1/10W
(SE610E/SE710: B, G/SX710B)
1-216-061-00 METAL CHIP
3.3K
5%
1/10W
(SE610N/SE710: E, I/SE810B/SX710E/SX717E)
R160
R161
R161
R161
Q871
8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR
R161
Q872
8-729-140-75
R161
Q873
8-729-422-33
Q970
8-729-216-22
Q972
8-729-043-32
8-13
Description
< RESISTOR >
R160
Q802
Part No.
8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR
2PD601AR-115
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR
2PD601AR-115
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
8-729-043-32 TRANSISTOR
PDTA114EK-115
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR
PDTC144EK-115
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR
PDTC144EK-115
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
R161
R161
R161
R162
R163
5%
1/10W
5%
1/16W
5%
1/10W
5%
1/16W
(SE810/SX810/X9)
5%
1/16W
(SE810/SX810/X9)
METAL CHIP
1.2K
5%
1/10W
RES-CHIP
4.7K
5%
1/10W
SHORT
0
SHORT
0
METAL CHIP
1.5K
5%
1/10W
(SE610G/SE710: G, I/SE810G/X9G)
1-216-067-00 METAL CHIP
5.6K
5%
1/10W
(SE710N/SE810: E, G/SX710N/X9B)
1-216-071-00 METAL CHIP
8.2K
5%
1/10W
(SE710: D, K/SX710: D, K/SX717D)
1-216-075-00 METAL CHIP
12K
5%
1/10W
(SE810: D, N/SX810/X9: G, N)
1-216-079-00 METAL CHIP
18K
5%
1/10W
(SE810K/X9D)
1-216-085-00 METAL CHIP
33K
5%
1/10W
(SE610K/X9E)
1-216-295-11 SHORT
1-249-429-11 CARBON
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
0 (SE610: A, B, G)
10K
5%
1/4W
10K
5%
1/16W
MA-400
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remark
Ref. No.
R164
R165
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-061-00 METAL CHIP
10K
3.3K
5%
5%
1/16W
1/10W
R166
R167
R168
R169
R170
1-216-061-00
1-216-069-00
1-216-101-00
1-216-113-00
1-216-061-00
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
3.3K
6.8K
150K
470K
3.3K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R171
R172
R175
R176
R177
1-249-429-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-025-11
1-216-817-11
CARBON
SHORT
SHORT
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
0
0
100
470
5%
1/4W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/16W
R178
R179
R180
R181
R182
1-216-817-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-069-00
1-216-061-00
1-216-033-00
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
470
470
6.8K
3.3K
220
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R183
R184
R185
R186
R189
1-216-033-00
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-249-417-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
CARBON
220
0
0
0
1K
5%
1/10W
5%
1/4W F
R190
R191
R193
R194
R195
1-216-061-00
1-216-061-00
1-249-441-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-295-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
CARBON
METAL CHIP
SHORT
3.3K
3.3K
100K
1K
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
1/16W
R196
R200
1-216-061-00 METAL CHIP
3.3K
5%
1/10W
1-216-295-11 SHORT
0
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP
1.8K
5%
1/10W
1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP
1K
5%
1/16W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP
1.8K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
R201
R202
R203
R204
R205
R206
R207
R208
1-216-071-00
1-216-063-91
1-249-413-11
1-249-413-11
1-216-089-11
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
CARBON
CARBON
RES-CHIP
8.2K
3.9K
470
470
47K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W F
1/4W F
1/10W
R209
R210
R211
R212
R214
1-216-079-00
1-249-429-11
1-216-089-11
1-216-055-00
1-216-069-00
METAL CHIP
CARBON
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
18K
10K
47K
1.8K
6.8K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/4W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R216
R217
R218
R219
R220
1-216-295-11
1-216-059-00
1-216-025-11
1-216-025-11
1-216-025-11
SHORT
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
R221
R228
R231
R232
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-017-91
1-216-017-91
SHORT
SHORT
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
R233
1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP
0
2.7K
5%
1/10W
100
5%
1/10W
100
5%
1/10W
100
5%
1/10W
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
0
0
47
47
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
(SE810/SX810/X9)
47
5%
1/10W
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
8-14
Part No.
Description
Remark
R239
1-216-295-11 SHORT
R240
1-216-295-11
R281
R282
R283
1-216-069-00
1-216-059-00
1-216-045-00
0
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
SHORT
0
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
METAL CHIP
6.8K
5%
1/10W
METAL CHIP
2.7K
5%
1/10W
METAL CHIP
680
5%
1/10W
R284
R289
R290
R301
R302
1-216-045-00
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-079-00
METAL CHIP
SHORT
SHORT
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
680
0
0
10K
18K
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
1/16W
1/10W
R304
R305
R306
R307
R308
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-083-00
1-216-057-00
1-208-820-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
1K
1K
27K
2.2K
39K
5%
5%
5%
5%
0.5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R309
R310
R311
R312
R313
1-216-079-00
1-216-079-00
1-216-057-00
1-216-083-00
1-216-133-00
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
18K
18K
2.2K
27K
3.3M
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R315
R316
R322
R323
1-216-033-00
1-216-033-00
1-216-295-11
1-216-065-91
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT
RES-CHIP
220
220
0
4.7K
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
R324
1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP
R325
1-216-079-00 METAL CHIP
R326
1-216-079-00 METAL CHIP
R329
R351
R352
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP
1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP
R352
1-216-067-00 METAL CHIP
5.6K
R353
R354
R355
R356
1-217-671-11
1-216-031-00
1-216-075-00
1-216-079-00
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
1
180
12K
18K
R357
R358
R359
R360
R361
1-216-051-00
1-216-079-00
1-216-035-00
1-216-109-00
1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
1.2K
18K
270
330K
10K
R362
R369
R370
R390
1-216-069-00
1-216-091-00
1-216-047-91
1-216-083-00
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
6.8K
56K
820
27K
R391
1-249-394-11 CARBON
12
R392
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
R420
R421
R422
R423
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-095-00
0
0
0
82K
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
METAL CHIP
4.7K
5%
1/10W
(SE810/SX810/X9)
5%
1/10W
(SE810/SX810/X9)
18K
5%
1/10W
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
18K
5%
1/10W
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
470
5%
1/16W
47
5%
1/10W
3.9K
5%
1/10W
(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)
5%
1/10W
(SE810/SX810/X9)
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
(SE810/SX810/X9)
5%
1/4W F
(SE810/SX810/X9)
5%
1/16W
(SE810/SX810/X9)
5%
1/10W
MA-400
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remark
Ref. No.
R572
R427
R460
R461
R464
R465
1-216-017-91
1-216-833-11
1-216-037-00
1-216-089-11
1-216-061-00
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
47
10K
330
47K
3.3K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/16W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R466
R467
R468
R470
R471
1-216-065-91
1-216-069-00
1-216-077-91
1-216-833-11
1-216-037-00
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
4.7K
6.8K
15K
10K
330
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
1/10W
R477
R478
R479
1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP
6.8K
5%
1/10W
1-216-077-91 RES-CHIP
15K
5%
1/10W
1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP
47K
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
470
5%
1/16W
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
470
5%
1/16W
R573
R574
R575
R500
R501
R502
R503
R509
R510
R511
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
470
5%
1/16W
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
470
5%
1/16W
1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP
4.7K
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-249-408-11 CARBON
180
5%
1/4W F
1-249-407-11 CARBON
150
5%
1/4W F
R512
R514
R515
R516
R517
1-216-021-00
1-216-037-00
1-216-821-11
1-216-065-91
1-216-022-00
R518
1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP
4.7K
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP
100
5%
1/10W
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
1-249-408-11 CARBON
180
5%
1/4W F
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
1-249-407-11 CARBON
150
5%
1/4W F
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
1-216-085-00 METAL CHIP
33K
5%
1/10W
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
R541
R542
R543
R545
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
R546
1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP
R547
1-216-821-11
R548
1-216-022-00
68
330
1K
4.7K
75
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
1/10W
1/10W
47K
5%
1/10W
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
METAL CHIP
1K
5%
1/16W
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
METAL CHIP
75
5%
1/10W
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
METAL CHIP
68
5%
1/10W
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
METAL CHIP
470
5%
1/16W
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
R549
1-216-021-00
R570
1-216-817-11
R571
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
470
5%
1/16W
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
8-15
Part No.
Description
Remark
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
470
5%
1/16W
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
470
5%
1/16W
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP
100K
5%
1/10W
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP
100K
5%
1/10W
(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
R590
R591
R592
R611
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
R615
1-216-047-91 RES-CHIP
R617
R618
R624
R625
R626
1-216-821-11
1-216-055-00
1-216-833-11
1-216-065-91
1-249-417-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
CARBON
1K
1.8K
10K
4.7K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/10W
1/16W
1/10W
1/4W F
R627
R660
R661
R662
R663
1-216-121-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-121-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-053-00
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
1M
1K
1M
470
1.5K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/16W
1/10W
1/16W
1/10W
R664
R666
R667
R668
R669
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-037-00
1-216-025-11
1-216-025-11
SHORT
SHORT
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
330
100
100
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R670
R671
R672
R702
R704
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
470
5%
1/16W
1-216-295-11 SHORT
0
1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP
1K
5%
1/16W
(SE610: B, K, N/SE710: B, K, N/SE810: B, K, N/
SX710: B, K, N/X9: B, N)
1-216-295-11 SHORT
0
1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP
100
5%
1/10W
R705
R713
R714
R723
R724
1-216-033-00
1-216-025-11
1-216-113-00
1-216-025-11
1-216-089-11
R730
R731
R736
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
470
5%
1/16W
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
470
5%
1/16W
(SE610: A, B, E, K, N/SE710: B, D, E, I, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
470
5%
1/16W
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
470
5%
1/16W
(SE610: A, B, E, K, N/SE710: B, D, E, I, K, N/
SE810: B, D, E, K, N/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)
1-216-295-11 SHORT
0
R754
1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP
R732
R733
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
1K
5%
1/16W
1K
5%
1/16W
1K
5%
1/16W
1K
5%
1/16W
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
820
5%
1/10W
(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/
SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
220
100
470K
100
47K
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
MA-400
Ref. No.
R755
R756
R757
R800
R801
R802
R803
R804
R805
R806
R807
R813
R850
R851
Part No.
Description
1-216-025-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-101-00
RES-CHIP
100
5%
1/10W
METAL CHIP
10K
5%
1/16W
METAL CHIP
1K
5%
1/16W
METAL CHIP
150K
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
Remark
Ref. No.
R973
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
5%
1/16W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
5%
1/16W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP
22K
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
5%
1/16W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
5%
1/16W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
R976
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
5%
1/16W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-085-00 METAL CHIP
33K
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
5%
1/16W
1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP
100
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-077-91 RES-CHIP
15K
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
R981
R974
R975
R977
R978
R979
R980
R982
R983
R985
R986
R852
R853
R856
R857
R858
R859
R860
R861
R862
R871
1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP
22K
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP
1K
5%
1/16W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP
100K
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP
6.8K
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP
6.8K
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-123-11 METAL CHIP
1.2M
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-123-11 METAL CHIP
1.2M
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-117-00 METAL CHIP
680K
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP
2.2K
5%
1/10W
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP
4.7K
5%
1/10W
(X9: B, D, E, G)
R988
R989
1-216-105-91 RES-CHIP
220K
R873
1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP
2.2K
R874
1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP
1K
R875
1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP
1K
R876
1-216-001-00 METAL CHIP
10
R968
1-216-101-00 METAL CHIP
150K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP
6.8K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-085-00 METAL CHIP
33K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-085-00 METAL CHIP
33K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-083-00 METAL CHIP
27K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
R969
R970
R971
R972
5%
1/10W
(X9: B, D, E, G)
5%
1/10W
(X9: B, D, E, G)
5%
1/16W
(X9: B, D, E, G)
5%
1/16W
(X9: B, D, E, G)
5%
1/10W
(X9: B, D, E, G)
8-16
Description
Remark
1-216-071-00 METAL CHIP
8.2K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
5%
1/16W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP
100K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-083-00 METAL CHIP
27K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP
47K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-067-00 METAL CHIP
5.6K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP
470
5%
1/16W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP
47K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-077-91 RES-CHIP
15K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP
1K
5%
1/16W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
R990
1-216-295-11 SHORT
R993
1-216-085-00
R994
1-208-820-11
R995
1-216-085-00
R996
1-208-820-11
R997
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
5%
1/16W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
5%
1/16W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-295-11 SHORT
0
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
R998
R999
R872
Part No.
1-216-105-91 RES-CHIP
220K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP
22K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-295-11 SHORT
0
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-059-00 METAL CHIP
2.7K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP
47K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
0
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
METAL CHIP
33K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
METAL CHIP
39K
0.5% 1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
METAL CHIP
33K
5%
1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
METAL CHIP
39K
0.5% 1/10W
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
< SWITCH >
S100
S101
S460
S463
S464
1-771-155-11
1-571-958-11
1-786-097-21
1-786-097-21
1-786-097-21
SWITCH, ROTARY (CAM ENCODER)
SWITCH, PUSH (1 KEY) (REC PROOF)
SWITCH, TACT (?/1)
SWITCH, TACT (PROGRAM +)
SWITCH, TACT (AUDIO DUB)
(SE810/SX810/X9)
S476
S477
S478
1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (PROGRAM -)
1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (AUTO SET UP/RF CHANNEL)
1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (SYNCHRO REC)
(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)
< TRANSFORMER >
T350
T350
1-431-097-11 TRANSFORMER, BIAS OSCILLATION
(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)
1-435-728-11 TRANSFORMER, BIAS OSCILLATION
(SE810/SX810/X9)
MA-400
Ref. No.
T390
Part No.
Description
Remark
Ref. No.
1-423-415-11 TRANSFORMER, BIAS OSCILLATION
(SE810/SX810/X9)
C303
Part No.
POWER BLOCK
Description
1-126-965-91 ELECT
Remark
22uF
50V
< CONNECTOR >
< TUNER >
TU702
TU702
TU702
TU702
TU703
1-693-436-81 TUNER, IF (BTF-3WC428)
(SE610: E, N/SE710 :E, N, I/SE810: E, N/
SX710: E, N/SX717E/X9E)
1-693-437-81 TUNER, IF (BTF-3WU604)
(SE610G/SE710G/SE810G/X9G)
1-693-438-81 TUNER, IF (BTF-3WC446)
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-693-439-81 TUNER, IF (BTF-3WC429)
(SE610: A, K/SE710: D, K/SE810: D, K/
SX710: D, K/SX717D/SX810/X9D)
1-693-521-11 TUNER, IF (BTF-2WC421)
(SE610: E, N/SE710 :E, N, I/SE810: E, N/
SX710: E, N/SX717E/X9E)
0 CN101
CN201
CN202
< DIODE >
0 D101
0 D102
0 D103
0 D104
D151
9-880-927-01
9-880-927-01
9-880-927-01
9-880-927-01
8-719-084-75
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
1N4005
1N4005
1N4005
1N4005
P6KE300 ARL
D152
D153
D154
D158
D203
9-885-001-78
9-885-001-79
9-885-001-80
9-880-991-01
9-885-001-86
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
UF4007
1SS119
PR1003
MA4270
MTZJ5.1
D204
D205
D251
D252
D253
9-885-001-79
9-885-001-79
9-885-001-80
9-885-001-87
9-885-001-88
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
1SS119
1SS119
PR1003
UF3DL
SB340L
D254
D301
D302
D303
D304
9-885-001-80
9-885-001-87
9-885-001-89
9-885-001-90
9-885-001-89
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
PR1003
UF3DL
D2S4M
MTZJ20
D2S4M
250V
250V
250V
D307
9-885-001-89 DIODE D2S4M
< VIBRATOR >
X160
X161
X200
1-579-463-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (32.768kHz)
1-781-717-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (17.734475MHz)
1-579-608-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (4.433619MHz)
1-468-458-14 POWER BLOCK (SRV938EK)
***********************
(Ref.No. 2,000 Series)
*
1-580-230-11 CONNECTOR
1-778-675-21 CONNECTOR 19P
1-793-674-21 CONNECTOR 7P
< CAPACITOR >
0 C101
0 C102
0 C103
0 C104
0 C105
9-885-001-69
9-885-001-69
9-885-001-70
9-885-001-70
9-885-001-70
METAL
METAL
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
0.1uF
0.1uF
1000PF
1000PF
1000PF
0 C108
0 C109
0 C151
C153
C155
1-113-937-91
1-113-937-91
9-885-001-81
1-163-015-91
1-126-965-91
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
2200PF
2200PF
47uF
3300PF
22uF
250V
250V
400V
0 F101
50V
0 IC151
IC251
C156
C157
C158
C159
C160
1-126-960-91
1-163-009-91
1-163-273-91
1-163-251-91
1-163-021-91
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1000PF
820PF
100PF
10000PF
50V
C161
C201
C202
C203
C206
1-163-009-91
9-885-001-91
1-126-925-91
1-126-934-91
1-126-947-91
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
1000PF
220uF
470uF
220uF
47uF
25V
10V
16V
35V
C207
C208
C209
C212
C213
1-126-964-91
1-126-925-91
1-163-021-91
1-163-021-91
1-126-956-91
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
ELECT
10uF
470uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.1uF
50V
10V
50V
50V
50V
C251
C252
C253
C254
C261
1-126-967-91
1-111-065-11
1-111-016-91
9-885-001-92
1-164-489-91
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
680uF
1200uF
470uF
0.22uF
50V
25V
10V
25V
16V
C301
1-111-118-91 ELECT
220uF
50V
< FUSE >
9-885-001-72 FUSE (T2AL/250V)
< IC >
9-885-001-74 IC TDA16846
9-885-001-82 IC AN1431T
< LINE FILTER/COIL >
0 L101
0 L102
0 L103
L201
L202
L205
9-885-001-67
9-885-001-68
9-885-001-68
9-885-001-93
9-885-001-93
LINE FILTER
LINE FILTER
LINE FILTER
CHOKE COIL
CHOKE COIL
9-885-001-94 CHOKE COIL
10uH
33mH
33mH
10uH
10uH
1uH
< PHOTO COUPLER >
0 PC151
9-885-001-75 COUPLER, PHOTO ON3171
< IC LINK >
0 PS201
0 PS202
0 PS251
1-533-592-21 LINK, IC (1.6A)
1-533-593-21 LINK, IC (2A)
1-533-589-21 LINK, IC (750mA)
< TRANSISTOR >
0 Q151
0 Q201
8-17
9-885-001-73 TRANSISTOR 2SK3047
8-729-141-01 TRANSISTOR 2SB733
The components identified by mark
0 or dotted line with mark 0 are
critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
POWER BLOCK
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remark
Q203
Q204
Q205
8-729-030-98 TRANSISTOR 2PD601A
8-729-139-97 TRANSISTOR 2SC2785
8-729-018-99 TRANSISTOR 2SD2394
Q206
Q207
Q210
Q211
Q301
8-729-139-97
9-885-001-83
8-729-043-32
8-729-043-29
8-729-018-99
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC2785
2SD1862
DTA114EKA
DTC114EKA
2SD2394
Q302
Q303
Q304
Q305
Q306
9-885-001-84
8-729-018-99
8-729-139-97
8-729-141-01
9-885-001-84
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DTC143EKA
2SD2394
2SC2785
2SB733
DTC143EKA
Q307
9-885-001-85 TRANSISTOR 2SA1015
Ref. No.
R314
R315
R316
Part No.
Description
1-215-892-81 METAL
1-215-892-81 METAL
1-247-879-91 CARBON
Remark
1K
1K
100K
2W
2W
1/4W
< TRANSFORMER >
0 T151
9-885-001-76 TRANSFORMER, POWER
< VARIABLE RESISTOR >
VR251
1-241-629-11 VARIABLE RESISTOR
5K
< VARISTOR >
0 Z101
9-880-928-01 VARISTOR ERZV10D751
MISCELLANEOUS
**************
< RESISTOR >
R101
R151
R152
R155
R156
9-885-001-71
1-247-903-91
1-247-903-91
1-216-073-21
1-259-880-91
CARBON
CARBON
CARBON
RES, CHIP
CARBON
1M
1M
1M
10K
2.2M
1/2W
1/4W
1/4W
1/10W
1/4W
R157
R158
R159
R160
R161
1-259-880-91
1-247-805-91
1-249-397-11
1-247-795-91
1-216-085-21
CARBON
CARBON
CARBON
CARBON
RES, CHIP
2.2M
82
22
33
33K
1/4W
1/4W
1/4WF
1/4W
1/10W
R162
R163
R164
R201
R203
1-216-085-21
1-216-063-21
1-247-861-91
1-216-049-21
1-216-452-21
RES, CHIP
RES, CHIP
CARBON
RES, CHIP
METAL
33K
3.9K
18K
1K
180
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
1/10W
2W
R206
R207
R208
R209
R210
1-216-053-21
1-247-615-91
1-247-615-91
1-247-615-91
1-216-049-21
RES, CHIP
CARBON
CARBON
CARBON
RES, CHIP
1.5K
220
220
220
1K
1/10W
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
1/10W
R213
R216
R217
R218
R219
1-216-089-21
1-216-065-21
1-215-857-81
1-215-908-81
1-247-847-91
RES, CHIP
RES, CHIP
METAL
METAL
CARBON
47K
4.7K
10
33
4.7K
1/10W
1/10W
1W
3W
1/4W
R220
R222
R251
R261
R263
1-216-065-21
1-247-615-91
1-249-402-11
1-216-049-21
1-216-079-21
RES, CHIP
CARBON
CARBON
RES, CHIP
RES, CHIP
4.7K
220
56
1K
18K
1/10W
1/4W
1/4W F
1/10W
1/10W
R264
R265
R266
R301
R302
1-216-077-21
1-216-073-21
1-216-061-21
1-216-073-21
1-215-869-81
RES, CHIP
RES, CHIP
RES, CHIP
RES, CHIP
METAL
15K
10K
3.3K
10K
1K
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1W
R306
R307
R308
R311
R312
1-216-073-21
1-215-869-81
1-216-049-21
1-247-885-91
1-215-880-81
RES, CHIP
METAL
RES, CHIP
CARBON
METAL
10K
1K
1K
10K
10
1/10W
1W
1/10W
1/4W
2W
R313
1-215-880-81 METAL
10
2W
4
4
5
53
54
0 55
704
721
770
770
M902
M903
1-757-593-11 CABLE, FLAT (FDS-10)
(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)
1-757-594-11 CABLE, FLAT (FDS-9) (SE810/SX810/X9)
1-762-844-31 SWITCH, ROTARY (SE810/SX810/X9)
1-757-537-11 CABLE, FLAT (FAC-9)
1-792-022-11 CABLE, FLAT (FFM-001)
1-782-012-11
1-500-471-11
A-6775-791-A
1-772-364-11
CORD, POWER
HEAD, FE
ACE BLOCK ASSY (ALPS) (EURO 3)
DRUM ASSY, DZH-0B5A-R (EXCEPT SE610B/
SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-772-365-11 DRUM ASSY, DZH-0B6A-R
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)
1-698-971-11 MOTOR, DC (CAPSTAN)
X-3947-577-1 MOTOR ASSY, CAM
**************
HARDWARE LIST
**************
#1
#3
#4
#5
7-685-648-79
7-685-646-79
7-682-147-01
7-685-133-19
SCREW +BVTP 3X12 TYPE2
SCREW +BVTP 3X8 TYPE2
SCREW +P 3X6
SCREW (DIA. 2.6) (IT3B)
ACCESSORIES & PACKING MATERIALS
********************************
1-418-010-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259)
(SX717/SX810)
1-418-010-31 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259B)
(X9N)
1-418-780-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288)
(SX710: D, E, K, N)
1-418-780-21 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288A)
(SX710B)
1-418-782-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259K)
(SE810: D, E, G, K, N)
1-418-782-21 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259L)
(SE810B)
1-476-070-11 CONTROLLER, STB/SAT (RMT-CM103)
(X9: B, D, E)
1-476-070-21 CONTROLLER, STB/SAT (RMT-CM103) (X9G)
8-18
The components identified by mark
0 or dotted line with mark 0 are
critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remark
Ref. No.
1-476-369-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259R)
(X9: D, E, G)
1-476-370-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259S)
(X9B)
0
1-476-406-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288B)
(SE610: A, E, G, K, N/SE710: D, E, G, I, K, N)
1-476-406-21 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288C)
(SE610B/SE710B)
1-770-019-11 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION PLUG 3P
(SE610G/SE710: G, I/SE810G/X9G)
1-790-419-11 CORD, CONNECTION (PAL)
3-065-674-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH)
(SE610E/SE710: D, E/SE810: D, E/SX710: D, E/
SX810)
Part No.
Description
Remark
3-067-103-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (X9B)
3-067-104-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (X9G)
3-067-105-11 INSTRUCTION (QUICK START GUIDE) (X9G)
3-068-372-11
3-068-372-21
3-068-372-31
3-068-372-41
3-068-372-51
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (X9N)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (CZECH) (X9N)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (POLISH) (X9N)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (HUNGALIAN) (X9N)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (RUSSIAN) (X9N)
3-709-430-01 COVER, REMOTE CONTROL
(for RMT-V259/V288/V288A/V288B/V288C)
(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717/SX810)
3-709-430-11 COVER, REMOTE CONTROL
(for RMT-V259K/V259L) (SE810)
3-065-674-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH)
(SE610E/SE710E/SE810E/SX710E/SX717E)
3-065-674-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN)
(SE610: A, E/SE710: D, E/SE810: D, E/
SX710: D, E/SX717D/SX810)
3-065-674-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN)
(SE610A/SE710D/SE810D/SX710D/SX810)
3-065-674-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH)
(SE610: A, E/SE710: D, E/SE810: D, E/
SX710: D, E/SX810)
3-065-674-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE)
(SE610E/SE710E/SE810E/SX710E)
3-065-674-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GREEK)
(SE610A/SE710D/SE810D)
3-065-675-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEEDISH)
(SE610E/SE710E/SE810E/SX710E/SX717E)
3-065-675-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH)
(SE610E/SE710E/SE810E/SX710E/SX717E)
3-065-675-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FINNISH)
(SE610E/SE710E/SE810E/SX710E/SX717E)
3-065-676-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH)
(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B)
3-065-677-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH)
(SE610G/SE710: G, I/SE810G)
3-065-678-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH)
(SE610: K, N/SE710: K, N/SE810: K, N/
SX710: K, N)
3-065-678-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (CZECH)
(SE610K/SE710K/SE810K/SX710K)
3-065-678-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (POLISH)
(SE610N/SE710N/SE810N/SX710N)
3-065-678-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (HUNGALIAN)
(SE610N/SE710N/SE810N/SX710N)
3-065-678-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (RUSSIAN)
(SE610K/SE810K)
3-065-680-11 INSTRUCTION (QUICK START GUIDE)
(SE610G/SE710G/SE810G)
3-067-100-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (X9: D, E)
3-067-100-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH) (X9E)
3-067-100-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN) (X9: D, E)
3-067-100-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN) (X9D)
3-067-100-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH) (X9: D, E)
3-067-100-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE)
(X9E)
3-067-100-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GREEK) (X9D)
3-067-101-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEDISH) (X9E)
3-067-101-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH) (X9E)
3-067-101-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FINNISH) (X9E)
8-19
8-19E
The components identified by mark
0 or dotted line with mark 0 are
critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9
Sony Corporation
9-921-794-11
Home Video Division Company
– 120 –
2001C0500-1
© 2001. 3
Published by Quality Assurance Dept.